Page 1


“A transformative, recharging, reconnective experience. Not to be missed.” - Tom Adar, 2016 GUEST

HOLLYHOCK

Feed Your Mind, Open Your Heart, and Enrich Your Soul

L IF E L O N G C A N A D A ’S CENTRE LEARNING

CORTES ISLAND & VANCOUVER, BC

hollyhock.ca

THE ENGLISH MAGIC TAROT

THE WARRIOR GODDESS WAY

ALEX VAN RYN

HEATHERASH AMARA

Free Catalogue 800-933-6339 Pick one up at Banyen Books & Sound

AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF A YOGI Paramahansa Yogananda’s soul-stirring journey of love and enlightenment.

CRYSTAL SKULLS JUDY HALL

As seen in the award-winning documentary,

RUMI’S LITTLE BOOK OF LOVE AND LAUGHTER

AWAKE

COLEMAN BARKS

The Life of Yogananda

52 WAYS TO LIVE THE COURSE IN MIRACLES KAREN CASEY

THE WITCHES ALMANAC ISSUE 36 SPRING 2017-2018

S e l f - R e a l i z at i o n F e l l o w s h i p F O U N D E D 1 9 2 0 B Y PA R A M A H A N S A YO G A N A N D A

THEITIC

w w w . y o g a n a n d a - s r f . o r g

BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

2

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017


F

L I S T E N I N G A T T H E SH O R E S O F T H E G R E A T S I L E N C E

T BRANCHES

OF LIGHT News & Reviews from

Banyen Books and Sound ISSUE 49 Fall-Winter-Spring 2016-2017

 Publisher ~ Editor Kolin Lymworth

 Design Laura Duncan Good Look Graphics laura@goodlookgraphics.com

Cover Fiona Gamiet Articulate Design fionagamiet@codacom.com

 On the Cover Sunrise on the beach at Hollyhock, May, 2016

 The Banyen Folk General Manager: Tanis Phillips Purchasing: Marina Gingrich & Anusha Fernando (books +) Karen McMahon & Nick Nolet (music, arts, tools, gifts, gems, beauties +) Receiving & Shipping: Dylan Phillips (with Ross & Sam) Accounting: Melora Jaune & Jenny Chu Events, Publicity & E-News: Jacob Steele Web & Community Connections: Alethea Lymworth In the Store, at Your Service: Liz Aboya, Cynthia Champagne, Michael Galloway, Bokudo Holy, Alicja Kielbik, Carly Laughlin, Jeanine LeDuc, Alethea Lymworth, Leanna Manning, Ross McKeachie, Tom Oakley, Samuel Romero, Levi Shulman, Viti Spinelli, Angela Spooner, Chloe Traynor & Chris Turpin

HIS ISSUE OF Branches of Light features 180+ reviews: a curated “cream of the crop” of new releases: everything from Astrology & Acupuncture, Bodywork & Creativity to Gardening & Parenting, Sex & Yoga... and lots more. We hope to help you know about some of the heartful and healing resources in our world right now. Browse by subject (see list at right) or search by author (index p.43), or just follow your nose and... explore! The many books+ here are just some of our new titles. At any time you can search our website and find them all—with descriptions, images, quotes... and sometimes even a Google Preview you can read. The website now shows how many of that title we have on hand today, too.

B

a spectrum of yoga and meditation supplies, tools, cushions, as well as natural fibre clothing. You can search the bestsellers of these on our website as well. Click on PRODUCTS at the top, and choices will appear, such as: ANYEN NOW OFFERS

Books with CD or DVD Writing Journals, Sketch Books Spoken-Word on CD Multimedia Learning Kits Tarot & Oracle Cards Music CDs Videos on DVD Incense, Herbs, Essential Oils Chimes, Gongs & Singing Bowls Meditation & Yoga Supplies Candles Crystals & Prisms

And in the store you’ll find many more artful & magical things to attune & enthuse body and soul.

C

HECK OUT our swell upcoming EVENTS on the website too! {{some are listed on page 5 also}} Great authors, teachers, and inspirers: most events are free and in the store. You’re welcome to come!

E

of some of our calendars for 2017 on page 42. We offer over 200 calendars for next year... : ) NJOY A GLIMPSE

Blessings & Gratitude to all. May we humans keep learning, and make something beautiful with our moments ~ together. Life loves us . . . ~KL

HOW TO ORDER BY MAIL FROM BANYEN You can phone us toll-free, fax, mail, or email us. We can tell you on the spot what’s in stock and ready to ship today. You can also visit our website, banyen.com, “browse the shelves” and shop securely 24/7.

 Printed at International Web Express on Electrabrite newsprint with 25% recycled fibre (100% recycled web papers are elusive now)

 Publication Mail Agreement # 40063300 Return undeliverable Canadian addresses to: Banyen Books, 3608 West 4th Ave. Vancouver, BC V6R 1P1

 To help make BRANCHES OF LIGHT possible, we welcome selected advertising and publisher support. Please direct inquiries to Kolin Lymworth (branches@banyen.com) at the above address. Fax 604-737-1636  Phone 604-629-2190

B RANCHES

OF

L IGHT

is published each Spring and Fall by

Banyen Books and Sound 3608 West 4th Avenue Vancouver, B.C. V6R 1P1 Canada

Books: 604-732-7912 Music, Gifts, Tickets: 604-737-8858 Mail Order: From Vancouver area call 604-732-7912  From outside the Vancouver area: 1-800-663-8442 e-mail: thefolks@banyen.com

Open Monday to Friday 10-9 Saturday 10-8 Sunday 11-7

ORDERING FROM BANYEN Call us (during store open hours). If you’re in greater Vancouver area call 604-732-7912. Or toll-free from U.S. or Canada (1-800-6638442), or email us (thefolks@banyen.com), or fax us (604--737-1636). RETURNS & DEFECTIVES If unhappy with your order, return it to us with a copy of your receipt, and we will give you a full merchandise refund. (Please note the exceptions below.) Returns must be received by us within 30 days of purchase date. Return a defective item with a clear ID of the defect within 30 days—we’ll gladly replace it with a new copy. Opened Audios, Videos, Tarot/Oracle sets and the like are returnable only if they are defective. PAYMENTS & DISCOUNTS Credit-card payments best handle changing prices, currencies, taxes, and shipping costs. We also accept cheques (with your address & phone number on them), drawn on a Canadian bank, and bank or postal money orders. Orders from U.S.: payment by Visa, Mastercard, or money order in Canadian $. Discounts (non-cumulative): 10% on 5+ of same title, $250+ per order (before tax), or for seniors (65+). Public libraries, and prison, hospital & school libraries: 20%. No free shipping on discounted orders.

SHIPPING & HANDLING We will backorder to ship later any titles temporarily out of stock. At your request, we will ship your order C.O.D. within Canada only. It will cost you an additional $7.00. SHIPPING COSTS IN CANADA “Expedited and Insured” Basic Cost + Per Book/Item

Lower Mainland (Metro Vancouver & Lower and Central Fraser Valley) $5.50 + $1.50 per book B.C. & Western Canada (BC outside the Lower Mainland, AB, SK) $8.50 + $1.50 per book Eastern & Northern Canada $10.00 + $1.50 per book Canadian Orders over $89: Free Shipping Delivery Times: 2-5 business days in B.C., 5-7 days within Canada +3 days to outlying areas (Please contact us for Priority or Xpresspost rates.)

SHIPPING TO THE U.S.A. Regular (insured, 6-9 days): $14 + $2 per book (Please contact us for express rates.)

SHIPPING OUTSIDE CANADA/U.S.A. Please contact us to enquire about the rates.



3

in this issue... 5 6 8 9 10 11 13 15 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 23 24 25 26 27 27 28 29 29 30 30 30 31 32 32 32 34 35 36 37 37 38 39 40 40 41 42

Banyen’s Events Incense, Smudge & Aroma... Music on CD Music, Art & Creativity Poetry, Writing & Stories Yoga & Hindu Traditions Buddhism & Zen Tibetan Buddhism Flowing with the Tao Healing & Chinese Medicine Healing Energies & Herbs Bodywork & Movement Food & Nutrition Inspiration & Self-Help Psychology & Dreamwork Jungian Psychology Mythic Mappings The Heart of Religion Meditation Western Teachers & Teachings Dying & Near-Death & AfterTranspersonal Psychology Entheogens Shamanism & Ritual Native Medicine Wicca & Magick Christian & Jewish Sufism & Islam Astrology & Tarot Metaphysics & Philosophy Transmissions & Revelations Business & Presence Community & Ecology Eco-Philosophy Earth Energies & Eco-Design Gardening & Permaculture Nature as Teacher & Healer Conscious Evolution?! Science, Brain/Mind & Gaia Family, Parenting & Youth Men’s Soul Relationships & Sex Women & The Goddess Index of Authors & their titles Our Banyen lotus by a review means that title is our “Editor’s Choice.”

Please note: prices are subject to change without notice. With US/Canadian dollar exchange hiccuping lately, our prices have gone way up and just recently started to come down again. Thanks for your patience with changing prices.

( : The Banyen Online Store : ) Books Music Videos Oracles Events Over 28,000 titles - with curated reviews - a “Little Alexandria” open all the time. We’re also now listing a sweet selection of our yoga & meditation supplies, incenses, herbs, candles, singing bowls and calendars too.

To avoid delays in filling your order... Please don’t mail us a cheque until you have contacted us to confirm the amount...

and give us your mailing address !

Canadian ORDERS $89 AND UP (before taxes) GET FREE SHIPPING... A SAVING OF 12% BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

F

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

Signup to receive “Blossoming” our monthly e-news & events flash. Click “OUR LATEST REVIEWS” to see lots of new title reviews filtered by subject area.


YOGA

A PATH TO AWARENESS Collected Essays by Swami Sivananda Radha (1911-1995)

This inspiring collection of essays serves as a “primer” for Swami Radha’s teachings. A pioneer in the development of yoga in the West, she established Yasodhara Ashram, a yoga retreat and study centre in BC, Canada, in 1963. Available in print and electronic formats at: yasodhara.org/online-store

New books for your mind, body and soul

The Anxiety Workbook for Kids by Robin Alter and Crystal Clarke New Harbinger 9781626254770 $23.95 • pb September 2016

How to Live a Good Life by Jonathan Fields Hay House 9781401948412 $24.99 • cl Strict on Sale: October 18, 2016

Enchanted Mandalas by Alina Shalev Hay House 9781401952464 $14.99 • bk November 2016

How to Be Miserable by Randy J. Paterson New Harbinger 9781626254060 $22.95 • pb May 2016

What If This Is Heaven? by Anita Moorjani

The Universe Has Your Back by Gabrielle Bernstein

Hay House 9781401943318 $24.99 • cl September 2016

Hay House 9781401946548 $24.99 • cl Strict on Sale: September 27, 2016

Strala Yoga by Tara Stiles

Making Life Easy Hay House by Christiane Northrup 9781401948122 Hay House $19.99 • pb 9781401951467 August 2016 $24.99 • cl Strict on Sale: December 13, 2016

BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

4

Medical Medium Life-Changing Foods by Anthony William Hay House 9781401948320 $29.99 • cl Strict on Sale: November 8, 2016

Relax into Yoga for Seniors by Kimberly Carson and Carol Krucoff New Harbinger 9781626253643 $27.95 • pb November 2016

Uncharted by Colette Baron-Reid

Thank & Grow Rich by Pam Grout

Hay House 9781401948627 $24.99 • cl September 2016

Hay House 9781401949846 $15.99 • pb August 2016

Get Happy! by Anthony Gunn

The Power of Love by James Van Praagh

The Power of Love Activation Cards by James Van Praagh

Hay House 9781401951344 $16.99 • cl November 2016

Hay House 9781401951412 $15.99 • dc November 2016

Hardie Grant 9781743790069 $27.95 • cl August 2016

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

Rebuilding by Bruce Fisher and Robert Alberti New Harbinger 9781626258242 $26.95 • pb November 2016


F

FINDING THE SHAMAN

BANYEN EVENTS

F

THURS, NOV 24 I 6:30-8PM FREE @ BANYEN

MEDITATION

THURS, DEC 1 I 6:30-8PM FREE @ BANYEN

TAO TANTRIC ARTS

FRI, DEC 2 I 7PM-8:30PM FREE @ BANYEN

SUN, DEC 4 I 11:30AM-1PM FREE @ BANYEN

DEBRA HILLARY (RAINBOW MEDICINE WOMAN), 6th Generation Shaman, presents on the Shaman’s Journey.

Howard Cohn, senior Spirit Rock meditation teacher, offers a Dharma & meditation talk at Banyen and a retreat at UBC, December 2-4.

MINKE DE VOS launches Tao Tantric Arts for Women: Cultivating Sexual Energy, Love, & Spirit. “Minke de Vos is a bright, guiding light.”- Mantak Chia

CHARLES VAN SANDWYK, beloved and legendary illustrator & writer, presents a heart-warming tale for the season.

LUCID DREAMING

5 THIEVES OF HAPPINESS THURS, JAN 26 I 6:30-8PM FREE @ BANYEN

SPOKEN WORD

FRI, FEB 17 I 6:30-8PM FREE @ BANYEN

LET THEM EAT DIRT

CARLOS DE LEÓN, renowned spiritual teacher, presents on how to use Lucid Dreaming to explore your own agency & the limits of the universe.

DR. JOHN IZZO, leadership expert & inspirational author of The 5 Secrets You Must Discover Before You Die, launches The 5 Thieves of Happiness.

Join us for Banyen’s first ever Spoken Word Poetry Evening featuring KELSEY SAVAGE, TIMOTHY SHAY, EMILEE NIMETZ & JULIE PETERS.

DR. BRETT FINLAY launches Let Them Eat Dirt: Saving Your Child from an Oversanitized World, described by Dr. Sears as a “must-read.”

SACRED GEOMETRY

DANIEL PINCHBECK

CHANNELING

HERBAL REMEDIES

THURS, JAN 19 I 6:30-8PM FREE @ BANYEN

SUN, FEB 26 I 11:30AM-1PM FREE @ BANYEN ARI LAZER, sacred artist & geometrist, explores the world of sacred space across traditions in an experiential presentation at Banyen.

SUN, MARCH 5 I 11:30AM-1PM FREE @ BANYEN

THURS, MARCH 16 FREE @ BANYEN

DANIEL PINCHBECK, Reality Sandwich & Evolver.net founder, launches How Soon Is Now. “Pinchbeck offers a blueprint for the future.”- Russell Brand

I

6:30-8PM

PAUL SELIG, award-winning author & channel, offers a Talk, plus a Workshop March 18-19. “Selig speaks truth from the Source Field.”- Deepak Chopra

A TALE FOR THE SEASON

THURS, FEB 23 I 6:30-8PM FREE @ BANYEN

WED, APRIL 5 I 6:30-8PM FREE @ BANYEN KATOLEN YARDLEY, Medical Herbalist, presents natural & herbal remedies that you can use and create in your own home.

NEW EVENTS ARE ADDED ALL THE TIME!

ANIMAL COMMUNICATION

SUN, APRIL 9 I 11:30AM-1PM FREE @ BANYEN

GULIZ UNLU presents on intercellular communication with all sentient beings (animals & more). Learn to deepen your connection & intuition.

ALEX GREY: VISIONARY

VISION FOR LIFE

THURS, FRI, SAT, APRIL 27-29 @ MULTIPLE VENUES

THURS, MAY 4 I 6:30-8PM FREE @ BANYEN

ALEX GREY, world-renowned mystical artist, will speak, paint, greet and sign live in Vancouver for the first time! Details TBA at banyen.com.

MEIR SCHNEIDER, School for SelfHealing Founder who famously cured himself of blindness, offers a public talk and workshop.

BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

5

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

Visit www.banyen.com to keep current with event details and updates. Join Banyen’s monthly e-mail newsletter Blossoming, and find us on Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, & YouTube.


F

FRAGRANCES AT BANYEN

F

Japanese Japanese incense has a history going back to the 6th century. It is used for a variety of purposes including Buddhist meditation and is viewed as an important tradition in Japanese culture. Kodo, the “Way of Fragrance�, is the Japanese art of appreciating incense and one of the three classical arts of refinement.

There are two major types of incense in Japan, small pieces of fragrant wood and small sticks or cones formed out of paste without a bamboo stick. By not having a bamboo stick, Japanese incense is slow burning with low smoke. There are many current Japanese incense companies that have been in existence for over 300 years.

Moss Garden Nokiba 400000005188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Autumn Leaves Kyonishiki 400000005102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandalwood 400000002910. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Green Tea 9789000131310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandalwood Tendan 9789000107384 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Aloeswood 9789000138449 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incense Burner Cherry Wood 9789000123179 . . . . . . . . . . . Bamboo Charcoal Square 400000004747. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incense Burner Wheel Iron Crystal 9789000038930 . . . . . . White Ash 9789000123186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5.95 $ 4.95 $ 4.95 $ 13.50 $ 6.75

$ 14.95 $ 7.95 $ 14.95 $ 19.95 $ 7.50

Tibetan Tibetan incense is an ancient tradition dating back thousands of years. Much of the Tibetan incense made today is unchanged from recipes used centuries ago. It is used for spiritual and medicinal purposes. Tibetan incense is known for its earthy pungent scent. It is compressed without a stick and has a thick stock.

Hundreds of different substances including herbs, minerals, flowers, and aromatic plants are combined to produce an intoxicating fragrance. Tibetan Rope incense is another traditional way of burning incense. This form allows for easy travel as it is flexible and keeps a long time.

Original Healing 9789000052141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1.95 Himalaya 9789000010981 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 5.95 Dalai Lama Blessing 9789000016297 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.95

Tibetan Rope 9789000154593. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 4.95 Incense Burner Rope 9780010050585. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 8.50

Indian The Vedas, dating back to the Iron Age, are the first historical source to mention incense. Indian incense is traditionally created from a paste rolled or shaped around a bamboo stick. The Masala or scent blend can be made up of five possible classes: fruits, stems & branches, roots, flowers and leaves.

Incense burning was originally used as a medicinal tool which then grew into use for spiritual practice. Medicinal Priests and later Monks were traditionally the only makers of incense. India was the first place to systematically log incense formulas which led to the development of the ancient practice of Ayurvedic medicine.

Classic Nag Champa 9780010079883 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ganesh Incense 9789000014071 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black Champa 9789000014187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mother India Buddha 9789000135554 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandalwood Indra 079565001197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Classic Nag Champa Cones 9789000095650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incense Burner Carved Wood 400000001159 . . . . . . . . . . . . Incense Burner Lotus Soapstone 9789000065097 . . . . . . . . Incense Burner for Cones Brass 9789000085262 . . . . . . . . .

$ 6.95 $ 2.95 $ 2.95 $ 3.95 $ 2.95

Essential Oils An essential oil is simply the essence or oil of the plant from which it has been extracted. Essential oils are generally Essential Oil Lavender Bulgaria x5626 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 23.95 Essential Oil Peppermint x5631 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 15.95

BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

6

$ 3.95 $ 2.95 $ 8.95 $ 6.95

extracted by distillation, often with the use of steam. In the practice of Aromatherapy they are used in a number of ways including massage, bath water, sprays, burners, and diffusers. Essential Oil Rose Morocco x5633 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 27.95 Essential Oil Burner Leaf Midnight Blue 9789000124299 . . $ 6.50

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017


F

INCENSE, SMUDGE, RESIN & AROMATHERAPY

F

Resins The collection of tree or plant resins, when dried and hardened, can be burned to release a pure fragrance. There is a long tradition cross-culturally of burning resins for ritual, meditation and purification. Resin balls have been found in pre-historic Egyptian tombs. The ceremonial use

of copal also dates back to the Mayan and Aztec culture and is still used by indigenous peoples in Mexico and Central America. An incense pot or bowl is used with sand and charcoal to burn resin. After the charcoal is heated and has become an ember, the resin is added.

Dragons Blood 1oz Resin 9789000002702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frankincense Resin 4000000002248 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White Copal 400000002613 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resin Burner Celestial x701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bowl White Onyx 4in 9789000029006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bowl Black Zebra 9789000077373 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bowl Fossil 9789000154920. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tongs & Spoon 9789000085422 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sand White 9789000081332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charcoal Swift Light 9780010079869 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5.95 $ 5.95 $ 5.95 $ 9.95 $ 11.95

$ 11.95 $ 11.95 $ 5.95 $ 7.50 $ 2.50

Smudges Smudging with herbs is a tradition used in many cultures throughout history. The most widely known use of smudging is found within the First Nations people of North America, also known as Turtle Island. A smudge stick is a bundle of dried herbs, usually sage, which is bound with string and burned to cleanse and purify a

person, space or object. A feather smudge wand can be used to move the smoke around in the desired direction and a container is held to catch the sparks or ashes that are dropped by the bundle. Sage is often complemented with a burning braid of sweetgrass as its sweet smell is said to attract positive energy into the newly cleansed space.

Sage Wands from California LG 9789000084951 . . . . . . . . . Sage Wands from California SM 9789000129836 . . . . . . . . . Sweetgrass Braid 9789000086016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cedar Bundle x1212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Palo Santo Wood 9789000139132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 8.95 Abalone Shell 9789000130009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.95 Smudge Feather 9789000123247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.95

$ 8.95 $ 3.95 $ 11.95 $ 8.95

Other Wonderful Scents

Juniper Ridge is a wild harvested, eco-conscious, and pure scent based company. Their selection of incense, teas, and herbs have been among our best sellers for years. They are bound to transport you deep into a forest or into the wilds of vast sage brush. All Juniper Ridge products are 100% wildcrafted and produced using old perfume making techniques including distillation, tincturing, and enfleurage. Juniper Ridge handle every step of the process themselves, from beginning to end. These formulas vary from year to year and harvest to harvest, based on rainfall, temperature, exact harvesting location, and season. The exact formula

depends on what they find in the wind, it is a conversation with the living, wild ecology. All plants are wildharvested with the utmost respect for the existing wildscape. Juniper Ridge returns to the same stands year after year to carefully monitor regrowth. They never use alien or invasive species and are involved in native plant restoration projects from San Diego to Seattle. 10% of all of their profits are donated to a portfolio of Western Wilderness Defense organizations. “We revel in the intact forest habitats of the West, and tirelessly work to promote education as to how best to protect them.” — Juniper Ridge

White Sage Spray x5816 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cascade Forest Spray x5817 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White Sage 9789000136148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Douglas Fir 9789000136100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cedar 9789000136094 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 16.95 Sweetgrass 9789000136131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 16.95 Sage, Mugwort & Cedar Mini Trio 856350000791 . . . . . . . . . $ 19.95

BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

7

$ 24.95 $ 24.95 $ 16.95 $ 16.95

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017


F

Music on CD BENEATH THE WORD

This Music is Dedicated to the Heart of Gaia by Deborah Koff-Chapin

$21.50, CD. Center for Touch Drawing. 42 minutes, 42 seconds

The heartbeat of the great drum holds a deep resonance, pulsing with the heart of the earth. Deborah’s non-verbal vocals generate a sense of safety, wholeness and love. Use this music to provide a space of resourcing and resonance with your soul, with Gaia, and all life. Journey inward or move in the pulsing sound field. The heart of Deborah’s voice will carry one’s attention through the deep, entrancing pulsing of the big drum. Heartbeat drumming, Deborah’s singing, and Tibetan bowls provide a space to journey inward or move with the flow. A single 42 minute track. There are no words. “Note: The drum sounds best with speakers or headphones that have reasonable bass. Tiny computer speakers do not convey the power of this drum!”

FIELDS OF GRACE

Celtic Meditation Music from the Heart of Ireland by Owen & Moley O’Suilleabhain $22.75, CD. Sounds True. 1 hour

Fields of Grace spans three worlds of sacred expression in one rich soundscape: the old style of Irish Sean-nós, medieval Gregorian

MUSIC AS MEDICINE

chant, and more recent songs from the English hymn tradition. Sharing the musical inheritance of their mother Nóirín Ní Riain, brothers Owen and Moley Ó Súilleabháin blend beautiful harmonies atop a bed of relaxing instrumentation to carry us into a timeless lineage shared by all. Owen and Moley Ó Súilleabháin grew up in a family deeply enriched by ancient and contemporary Irish culture. Based in the US, they travel extensively sharing their song, poetry, and story with audiences and organizations around the world. “Here are blendings of chant, hymn, and instrumentation, so uplifting and mesmerizing they may bring your mind to a complete stop, which is a good thing if your thoughts are anything like some of mine.” —Billy Collins, Poet and US Poet Laureate “This wonderful music is a meditation for both the heart and soul. Take some time away from your phone and your computer, close your eyes and allow yourself the freedom to enjoy this feast for the senses.” — Juliet Blake, Producer The Hundred Foot Journey, TED Curator-Special Projects.

INNER RHYTHM MEDITATIONS Music for Expansive Awareness & Inspired Movement by Byron Metcalf $22.75, CD. Sounds True. 1 hour

In many indigenous traditions, we learn to “tune into the sacred heartbeat of the earth.” With Inner Rhythm Meditations, master percussionist Byron Metcalf presents an

Deva & Miten in the Temple

F

album of music created to help you connect to the pulse of the cosmos. Byron takes you on a seamless, hour-long voyage– balancing stretches of spacious relaxation with sections of vibrant, energetic composition. Featuring a subtle blend of percussion and gentle instrumentation including the shakuhachi flute, here is an album that evokes the dance between stillness and motion—ideal for bodywork, movement practices such as walking meditation and qigong, and promoting a state of relaxed, alert creativity. Also by inner-journey-man Byron Metcalf are the CDs Shamanic Trance Dance (amazing movement medicine) and (with Mark Seelig and Steve Roach) Deep Time Dreaming.

Earth Heart Hum Part 1, recorded here in Vancouver, features Sam along with Steve Bokudo Holy on standup bass, Laura Reznek on violin and piano, and Remington Cooney on harmonica (all Banyen staff and alumni), plus others on drums, voice, and shakers. It’s a beautiful and satisfyingly musical offering: some cuts are full-on instrumental journeys, and some are songs with lyrics by Samuel. Juice is everywhere in this music. In the liner notes, Sam writes: Music, art for that matter, has the power to heal. It is an inner voice, a reservoir of creativity that is inexhaustible. Being musical is not about the skill or having extraordinary technical abilities, it is about having an intimate relationship to that urge within everyone to create. Being artistic is a natural state of being. It is taking life itself and giving back to it - a harmony. Earth Heart Hum was born once this realization began to feed everything I created. Every art piece, every song, every poem came from this emanating instinct to create and trust that what comes is a sincere expression of what need be expressed. Art has this power to realign the mind, the inner world into an omnipotent source of creativity.

EARTH HEART HUM PART 1 by Samuel Romero

$14.95, CD. Earth Heart Hum.

Among the good folk working at Banyen, Samuel Romero is a gifted artist (he designed this album from beginning to end, both musically and artistically) as well as a sparklingly nimble guitarist and heart-fueled singer.

Inspiration appears at first like a godsend and then it becomes a way of living. Living inspired is knowing that in this moment there is creativity available, there is the relationship to life ready at hand… It is the very essence of being creative. Earth Heart Hum has helped me expand this within myself and it is my hope to share this inspiration with the world.

Some big sweet Earth Heart Hum.

energy

movin’:

The Flute of the Infinite…

THE LAST WHALE

Flute Meditations from the Soul of the Planet by Chris Michell

COSMIC CONNECTIONS LIVE

$9.95, CD. Oreade Music. 60 minutes

by Deva Premal & Miten, with Manose $21.95, CD. White Swan. 62 minutes

Cosmic Connections Live is the latest offering from devotional music superstars Deva Premal and Miten, who for over two decades have shared the joy of mantra and chant around the globe. Capturing the vibrant, honeyed energy of their live concerts, this album invites listeners to trek “beyond the beyond” via a richly evocative musical soundscape. Transcendent riffs of bamboo flute by Nepalese bansuri maestro Manose blend beautifully with the warm sounds of keyboard wizard Spencer Cozens and Canadian multi-instrumentalist Joby Baker (on bass, percussion and vocals). Together, the quintet create something that is more than simply music–a relaxing, sonic embrace that instills a deep sense of balance. The album weaves elegantly through distinctive moods, from mantras framed by intriguing East-West fusions to the intimate, moving ballads of Miten, deeply steeped in his singer-songwriter roots. From the first crystalline notes of Deva’s voice chanting an opening invocation to the closing track’s deep collective hum of hundreds of voices chanting the OM mantra, this new live album is an invitation to take a break from the endless turbulence of our times and to breathe from our calm inner core of clarity and restoration.

Haunting solo flute meditations enhanced with whale and nature sounds make this album ideal for meditation, tai chi, and other activities where the listener is seeking peace and quiet. A calm island far away from the world of noise and confusion. Featuring Chris Michell on native American cedar flutes, bamboo and cocus wood flutes, alto and silver flute, piccolo, keyboard and tingshaws. Also with Tibetan bowls and didgeridoo. The album is “lovingly dedicated to all the dying and extinct cetaceans, animals, birds and plants on our beautiful planet.” Astrobiologist Carl Sagan noted that “the brain size of whales is much larger than that of humans and their cerebral cortexes are as convoluted. They are social animals and have the capacity to have eight conversations at one time. They are another class of intelligence beings who share Earth with us.” Humpback whale songs are very complex and may last for several hours. Throughout the mating season, the humpbacks evolve and develop their songs and as the themes change, all the whales of the group make the same changes simultaneously, round the world. How they do this, is one of the remarkable mysteries of the animal kingdom. Perhaps there is something to be learned from the whales ‘philosophy’ on life. Whales play for three times as long as they spend searching for food.

MOKSHA

TEMPLE AT MIDNIGHT

The Path to Inner Peace by Rajendra Teredesai

by Miten

$17.95, CD. White Swan.

Best known for his musical dyad with Deva Premal, Miten is a pretty trippy bard in his own right. Temple at Midnight is a soulful, no-frills, all-acoustic tale of love and redemption. From his heady hedonistic days in London’s rock scene to a voyage of self-discovery in mystic India, Miten returns with a clear head, a great album, and devoted heart. From the steady flowing gospel groove of River Man; the Zen blues of No Goal But This; the mellow, reflective One Step At A Time and Exactly As It Is (featuring Deva Premal), to the rays of moonlight illuminating the Rumi-inspired lyrics of All Is Welcome Here, Miten pays heartful homage to a life lived fully, deeply, and without compromise. He adds, for good measure, a personal, hauntingly poignant rendition of the Beatles classic, Norwegian Wood. Temple at Midnight gives a voice to our intimate inner spaces, with songs that welcome us however they find us, sharing our fears, celebrating our joys and, through it all, reminding us of “the silence gently growing.” Inescapable love… Be a light unto yourself… shine your light into the world…

BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

8

$17.95, CD. Real Music. 47 minutes

Moksha: the Path to Inner Peace by flute maestro Rajendra Teredesai presents Indian Ragas on bansuri flute for healing massage, meditation, yoga, flowing heart. In yoga, Moksha is the highest goal attained through union with the Divine. These ancient Indian ragas, as played here played on the wooden bansuri flute, are known to create a deeply calming effect on the listener, facilitating inner peace and deep relaxation. They were traditionally tuned for specific times of the day (Dawn, Morning, Noon, Sunset, Twilight and Night) and, as such, are ideally heard when aligned with the mentioned times, keeping their deeply meditative and spiritual qualities in mind. Rajendra Teredesai is one of the foremost disciples of the most celebrated flute maestro of all times—Pandit Hariprasad Chaurasia. Rajendra beautifully blends and integrates the most significant aesthetic and technical aspects of Indian classical instrumental music, combining it with a rich, sonorously soothing tone and immaculate blowing technique, displaying a virtuosity vivid with creative imagination in terms of elaboration and improvisational technique and design, in his woodwind playing. F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017


u

F

MUSIC & THE ARTS

SHAVASANA TRANCE

Chill Music for Deep Yoga Relaxation by Various Artists $22.95, CD. Sounds True. 76 minutes

Release, surrender, dissolve—shavasana is the closing pose of many a yoga session, where we rest upon the earth, accept her healing embrace, and let go of tension and worry. Shavasana Trance takes us into that space with an evocative compilation of 10 peace-infused selections by a gathering of top artists on the yoga scene. Created to draw us naturally into the restful breathing cycles of shavasana, this album is also a great choice for ecstatic movement, massage, or a welcome cool-down after a busy day. Featured artists: Taz, Desert Dwellers, Stevin McNamara, DJ Drez, Sinepearl, Adham Shaikh, Srikalogy, Dave Eggar Quartet, MC YOGI, Eccodek, and DJ Spooky. While all of the songs contained herein clearly meet the relaxation requirement, most of them are by artists best known for their lively, upbeat, rockin’ music. Even through these selections are some of their quieter (if not quietest) tracks, they still contain the essence of the texture, movement, and rhythm I look for in every music situation. Whether you’re playing this record to accompany your yoga practice, or a candlelit dinner, or a chilled-out-late-night hang, I hope you’ll not just hear but actually feel the depth of emotion that runs through this album. I hope you’ll discover, as I have, that high vibes and deep beats can come through in all forms of music, even near-stillness. —Joel Davis, Minister of Sounds, Black Swan Sounds

Music, Art & Creativity THE NOTE FROM HEAVEN

How to Sing Yourself to Higher Consciousness by Githa Ben-David $16.95, paper. Watkins. 252 pages

Githa Ben-David presents a method for liberating the natural voice using regressive cell singing—one of the most direct ways to get in contact with the subconscious mind. This liberation has a healing effect on body and soul and can be experienced by every speaking person. With inspiration from India, Githa has put together a program for self-study, along with a practice instruction program that can be downloaded. Utilizing this method you will ‘sing yourself free’ from traumas that have their origin in this life, the womb or previous lifetimes. In regressive cell singing, The Note from Heaven is used as a tuning fork to retune cells to their former harmony. Any notes, sounds or outbursts that genuinely express The Note from Heaven can release blocked energy imprisoned in the singer’s body as trauma. The process starts a celldance, which reorganizes the body back to its original balanced matrix. The Note from Heaven is not, in itself, the goal. Its function is to free the voice,

THE ARTIST’S WAY

F

The Artist’s Way is Aging Well u links creativity to learnable skills, guiding us

A Spiritual Path to Higher Creativity: 25th Anniversary Edition by Julia Cameron

through a variety of highly effective exercises and activities that spur imagination and capture new ideas.

$23.00, paper. Penguin. 256 pages, 7x9, b/w illustrations

Since it was first published in 1991, The Artist’s Way has inspired millions to overcome the limiting beliefs and fears that inhibit the creative process. In this seminal book on the subject of creativity. Julia Cameron takes readers on a twelve-week journey to discover the inextricable link between their spiritual and creative selves. It includes: u Introductions to two of Cameron’s most vital tools for creative recovery--The Morning Pages and The Artist Date u Hundreds of highly effective exercises and activities u Guidance on starting a “Creative Cluster” of fellow artists who will support you in your creative endeavors. With the basic principle that creative expression is the natural direction of life, Julia Cameron leads readers through a comprehensive program to recover our creativity from a variety of blocks, including limiting beliefs, fear, self-sabotage, jealousy, guilt, addictions, and other inhibiting forces. The Artist’s Way is unique in that it: u links creativity to spirituality by showing in non-denominational terms how to tap into the higher power that connects human creativity with the creative energies of the universe.

When I was a little kid, one of my favorite heroes was Johnny Appleseed. I loved the idea of a vagrant wanderer traveling America, apple blossoms in his wake. It is my hope that this book will also create blossoming, that artists and circles of artists will spring into being... 1. Creativity flourishes in a place of safety and acceptance. 2. Creativity grows among friends, withers among enemies 3. All creative ideas are children who deserve protection. 4. All creative success requires creative failure. 5. Fulfilling our creativity is a sacred trust. 6. Violating someone’s creativity violates a sacred trust. 7. Creative feedback must support the creative child, never shame it. 8. Creative feedback must build on strengths, never focus on weakness. 9. Success occurs in clusters and is born in generosity. 10. The good of another can never block our own.

Writing in a personal voice, one seasoned through trials and teaching, Cameron recognizes the energies of art as those of our most precious soulstuff, which connects us and which inspires reverence and rituals of renewal for ourselves and the community. The Artist’s Way is a life-changing book. This 25th anniversary edition includes a new introduction from the author. Among Julia Cameron’s other books are Finding Water and The Vein of Gold.

THE ARTIST’S WAY MORNING PAGES JOURNAL

writing, strictly stream-of-consciousness, which provoke, clarify, comfort, cajole, prioritize, and synchronize the day at hand. This daily writing, coupled with the twelve-week program outlined in The Artist’s Way, will help you discover and recover your personal creativity, artistic confidence, and productivity. The Artist’s Way Morning Pages Journal includes an introduction by Julia Cameron, complete instructions on how to use the Morning Pages and benefit fully from their daily use, and inspiring quotations that will guide you through the process.

Deluxe Edition by Julia Cameron

$25.00, paper. Tarcher/Penguin. 304 pages, 7x9, spiralbound

Now with spiral binding and a smaller trim size to make for easier use, this journal has been repackaged for the 25th anniversary of The Artist’s Way. The Artist’s Way Morning Pages Journal is your personal gateway to one of The Artist’s Way’s most effective tools for cultivating creativity, personal growth, and change. Morning Pages are pages of longhand

IT’S NEVER TOO LATE TO BEGIN AGAIN

Humility, of Resilience, of Joy, of Motion, of Vitality, of Adventure, and of Faith. Those familiar with The Artist’s Way will recognize some of the tools here:

Discovering Creativity and Meaning at Midlife and Beyond: An Artist’s Way Program for Retirees and Other Creative Souls by Julia Cameron, with Emma Lively

Morning Pages: Three daily pages of longhand, stream-of-consciousness writing done first thing in the morning, “for your eyes only”

$22.00, paper. Tarcher. 264 pages, 7x9

Julia Cameron has inspired millions with her bestseller The Artist’s Way. Now being sixty-five, she’s moved from the Big Apple to Santa Fe, and in this new book she shows her contemporaries how retirement can be the most creative and fulfilling stage of life yet. For some, retirement is a day to work toward with anticipation. Others approach retirement with greater ambivalence. While the newfound freedom is exciting and filled with possibility, the idea of retirement can also be very daunting. You are in a unique position to explore yourself and your desires from a place of experience. But the line has been drawn in the sand: The life that you have known has changed, and the life to come is yet to be defined. This book is a twelve-week course aimed at defining—and creating—the life you want to have as you redefine—and re-create— yourself. Filled with essays, tools, and exercises to be done alone or in groups, this toolkit will guide and inspire retirees wishing to expand their creativity. The twelve weekly themes are all about Reigniting: A sense of Wonder, of Freedom, of Connection, of Purpose, of Honesty, of and through that to expand consciousness. It balances the body’s energy system, in preparation for conscious work with meditation and healing and for expressing yourself directly from the heart through song… The note seems to sing you, rather than you singing it… In this way the degree of healing that occurs when the voice opens up is dependent upon the degree to which the performer has been capable of inwardly listening to himself or herself… The purpose of this book and the practice download is to inspire you to sing your self. It is this self that is the source of true learning.

In the beginning there was sound. With sound everything was created. You are sound. “An enriching East-West guide to the voice as a spiritual practice... rooted in a range of BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

9

Memoir: a weekly, guided process of triggering memories and revisiting your life in several-year increments Artist Dates: a once-weekly, solo expedition to explore something fun Walking: a twenty-minute solo walk, twice weekly, without a dog, friend, or cell phone.

This fun, gentle, step-by-step process will help you explore your creative dreams, wishes, and desires—and quickly find that it’s never too late to begin anything. It is not meant only for “declared” artists. It is aimed at those transitioning into the second act of life—leaving one life behind, and heading into one yet to be created… Twelve weeks—three months—may seem like a long time, but think of it as a few-hours-weekly investment in the next phase of your life.

Among Julia Cameron’s many other books are Walking in This World and The Artist’s Way for Parents.

essential vocal practices, The Note from Heaven deepens self-inquiry, and awakens your heart’s ears through a joyous process of creative intention, self-discipline and expression.” —Chloe Goodchild, voice pioneer and author of The Naked Voice

CELEBRATE YOUR CREATIVE SELF

25 Painting Exercises to Discover Your Inner Artist New in by Mary Todd Beam Paperback $30.99, paper. F&W. 144 pages, 8x11, colour photos

Coming in January, 2017. Mary Todd Beam, an award-winning painter and popular workshop leader, takes

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

the reader on a colourful journey into visual art-making with step-by-step demos to show you the way. Dozens of imaginative art projects invite readers to explore a range of techniques and mediums in unconventional ways. Celebrate Your Creative Self helps you act upon your artistic inspirations and joyfully appreciate the creative process. You are


F invited to break the “rules” that may inhibit your creativity, to jump into the river of your creative expression and recapture the magic of child-like play. Along the way develop your skills and discover your vocabulary of shapes, symbols, colours and textures through exploring a variety of mediums. With the projects in this book, I will try to guide you in a direction that may open windows to the unknown, to your creative self. The more we practice reaching into and prodding the unknown, the more we see that it is the only place to be and the most rewarding for us as creators.

This classic hands-on book, now in paperback, contains well-laid out experiments in working with new and unusual textured painting surfaces and swimming in juicy colours. (“Why not view all materials as a source of art?”) With alluring and instructive illustrations, it provides many valuable hints on improving design and inventive ways to turn inspiration from Nature and the man-made world into art. In addition to a limited palette of art materials, suggested supplies may be found in our kitchens and hardware stores. Be brave enough to bring your life and life experiences into your work. There is something only YOU can give to art.

BIG MAGIC

Creative Living Beyond Fear by Elizabeth Gilbert

New in Paperback

$22.00, paper. Riverhead. 304 pages

Here’s some creativity jazz from the bestselling author of Eat Pray Love: the path to a vibrant, fulfilling life. Readers of all ages and walks of life have drawn inspiration and empowerment from Elizabeth Gilbert’s books for years. Now this beloved author digs deep into her own generative process to share her wisdom and unique perspective about creativity. With profound empathy and radiant generosity, she offers potent insights into the mysterious nature of inspiration. She asks us to embrace our curiosity and let go of needless suffering. She shows us how to tackle what we most love, and face down what we fear. Q. What is creativity? A. The relationship between a human being and the mysteries of inspiration.

She discusses the attitudes, approaches, and habits we need in order to live our most creative lives. Balancing between soulful spirituality and cheerful pragmatism, Gilbert encourages us to uncover the strange jewels that are hidden within each of us. Whether we are looking to write a book, make art, find new ways to address challenges in our work, embark on a dream long deferred, or simply infuse our everyday lives with more mindfulness and passion, Big Magic cracks open a world of wonder and joy. If you are older, chances are strong that you may already possess absolutely everything you need to possess in order to live a more creative life—except the confidence to actually do your work. But we need you to do your work… So take your insecurities and your fears and hold them upside down by their ankles and shake yourself free of all your cumbersome ideas about what you require (and how much you need to pay) in order to become creatively legitimate. Because I’m telling you that you are already creatively legitimate, by nature of your mere existence here among us.

Also by Elizabeth Gilbert is the novel The Signature of All Things.

CREATIVITY & WRITING CATCHING THE BIG FISH

Man: Art on Fire is an authorized collection of some of the most stunning examples of Burning Man art, now updated to include the most recent installations, through 2015.

Meditation, Consciousness, and Creativity - 10th Anniversary Edition by David Lynch

$20.00, paper. Penguin. 208 pages, French flaps

In this unexpected delight, filmmaker David Lynch describes his personal methods of capturing and working with ideas, and the immense creative benefits he has experienced from the practice of meditation (he’s done Transcendental Meditation for 40+ years). It takes you to an ocean of pure consciousness, pure knowingness. But it’s familiar; it’s you. And right away a sense of happiness emerges—not goofball happiness, but a thick beauty.

Catching the Big Fish provides a rare window into the internationally acclaimed filmmaker’s methods as an artist and his personal working style. A revelation to the legions of fans who have longed to better understand Lynch’s creatively weird vision, it is equally compelling to those who wonder how they can nurture their own creativity. Catching Ideas Ideas are like fish. If you want to catch little fish, you can stay in the shallow water. But if you want to catch the big fish, you’ve got to go deeper. Down deep, the fish are more powerful and more pure. They’re huge and abstract. And they’re very beautiful. I look for a certain kind of fish that is important to me, one that can translate to cinema. But there are all kinds of fish swimming down there. There are fish for business, fish for sports. There are fish for everything. Everything, anything that is a thing, comes up from the deepest level. Modern physics calls that level the Unified Field. The more your consciousness—your awareness—is expanded, the deeper you go toward this source, and the bigger the fish you can catch.

Tapping Into the Creative Power of Writer’s Block by Laraine Herring

New and Expanded Edition by Jennifer Raiser

Experience the scorching art of Burning Man with this visual history, now updated through 2015! Every August, tens of thousands of participants (no spectators allowed) gather to celebrate artistic expression in Nevada’s barren Black Rock Desert. This vastly inhospitable location, called the playa, is the site of Burning Man, where, within a 9-mile fence, artists called Burners create a temporary city devoted to art and participation. Braving extreme elements, over two hundred wildly ambitious works of art are created and intended to delight, provoke, involve, or amaze. As Burning Man has created new context, new categories of art have emerged since its inception, including Art to Ride, Collaborative Art, and of course, Art to Burn. Burning

10

Experience the amazing sculptures, art, stories, and interviews from the world’s greatest, dustiest, liveliest gathering of artists. Get lost in a rich gallery of images showcasing the best examples of playa art with over 200 photos. Interviews with the artists reveal not only their motivation to create art specifically for Burning Man, but they also illuminate the dramatic efforts it took to create their pieces. Featuring the incredible photography of long-time Burning Man photographers, Sidney Erthal and Scott London, and an introduction from Burning Man founder Larry Harvey, this stunning slipcased edition allows Burners and enthusiasts alike to have a piece of Burning Man with them all year around.

ON BEING STUCK

BURNING MAN: ART ON FIRE

BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

Burning Man, at its core, is a permission engine. It gives you permission to create practically anything you want, while surrounded by people eager to help and to celebrate with you. For any artist, it’s the best place on Earth to find out who you are, and who you could be. —from the foreword by Will Chase

Poetry, Writing & Stories

This new edition includes David`s exclusive q-and-a interviews with Paul McCartney and Ringo Starr.

$65.00, cloth. Race Point Publishing. 256 pages, 8x12, colour photos, boxed

Like moths to the flame, more and more artists (including professional and the would-be professionals) started making the trek over the years, lighting their own firs. Up sprang giant towers made of cow bones, a massive ammonite, Trojan ducks, shrines filled with desiccated rats, sprawling neon installations—fantastical, site-specific, interactive, and participatory creations from the sublime to the ridiculous, as conceptually broad as superheated imaginations could dream…

$21.95, paper. Shambhala. 174 pages

Writer’s block. If you are a writer, you know it can be a haunting, terrifying force—a wolf at the door, a vast conspiracy, something that keeps you up at night, spinning your wheels, going nowhere. But what if we’ve been thinking about writer’s block all wrong? What if, by paying attention to its qualities and inquiring into its hidden gifts, we can release that power? On Being Stuck is an empowering guide to working with your blocks and finding the friend within the beast. Using deep inquiry, writing prompts, body and breath exercises, and a range of interdisciplinary approaches, On Being Stuck will help you uncover the gifts hidden within your creative blocks, while also deepening your relationship to your work—to yourself, actually—and reawakening your creative process. Our talents transform into the tools we need to help us love and live more deeply. Writing is one of our gifts… You’ve been given the gift of writing because it will be beneficial for all aspects of your life, not just your writing life. It’s part of what makes you, you… Your writing is your companion for life. You came into the world with it, and it will be with you until the end. So rise up and meet it. Create a sustainable relationship

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F with your writing that’s based n mutual respect, trust, and commitment… Your writing knocks at the door of your heart and invites you to pick up your pen. Won’t you answer?

On Being Stuck offers an empowering new process for writers who struggle with the seemingly insurmountable middle of a project—from the author of Writing Begins with the Breath.

MARROW

A Love Story by Elizabeth Lesser

$22.99, paper. HarperCollins. 309 pages, French flaps

The author of Broken Open returns with a visceral and profound memoir of two sisters who, in the face of a bone marrow transplant—one the donor and one the recipient—begin a quest for acceptance, authenticity, and most of all, love. Throughout her life, Elizabeth Lesser has sought understanding about what it means to be true to oneself and, at the same time, truly connected to the ones we love. But when her sister Maggie needs a bone marrow transplant to save her life, and Lesser learns that she is the perfect match, she faces a far more immediate and complex question about what it really means to love— honestly, generously, and authentically. Hoping to give Maggie the best chance possible for a successful transplant, the sisters dig deep into the marrow of their relationship to clear a path to unconditional acceptance. They leave the bone marrow transplant up to the doctors, but take on what Lesser calls a “soul marrow transplant,” examining their family history, having difficult conversations, examining old assumptions, and offering forgiveness until all that is left is love for each other’s true selves. Their process—before, during, and after the transplant—encourages them to take risks of authenticity in other aspects their lives. But Maggie’s body is ultimately too weak to fight the relentless illness. As she and Lesser prepare for the inevitable, they grow ever closer as their shared blood cells become a symbol of the bond they share. Told with suspense and humor, Marrow is joyous and heartbreaking, incandescent and profound. The story reveals how even our most difficult experiences can offer unexpected spiritual growth. Reflecting on the multifaceted nature of love—love of other, love of self, love of the world—Marrow is an unflinching and beautiful memoir about getting to the very center of oneself. “A deeply brave, honest, emotional, visionary ride into the scary and liberating marrow of sisterhood. Elizabeth Lesser’s years of accumulated wisdom, scorching self-honesty and stunning insights are on fire here. This book is ultimately a spiritual transfusion, begging us to clean and rid ourselves of any past blood that stands in the path of love.” —Eve Ensler, author of In the Body of the World “Marrow shows how the interior of the bone corresponds to the interior of the person. I’ve never read a book that so perceptively shows the soul in process. This is a beautiful book that will move you but will also show you how to tap into the healing richness of the soul in any serious life challenge.” — Thomas Moore, author of Care of the Soul


F

P O E T R Y, N O V E L S & Y O G A THE MOUNTAIN SHADOW

Mary Oliver is Upstream

BLUE HORSES Poems by Mary Oliver

by Gregory David Roberts

$28.95, paper. Grove. 880 pages

New in Paperback

Shantaram introduced millions of readers to a cast of unforgettable characters through Lin, an Australian fugitive, working as a passport forger for a branch of the Bombay mafia. In The Mountain Shadow, the long awaited sequel, Lin must find his way in a Bombay run by a different generation of mafia dons, playing by a different set of rules. It has been two years since the events in Shantaram, and since Lin lost two people he had come to love: his father figure, Khaderbhai, and his soul mate, Karla, married to a handsome Indian media tycoon. Lin returns from a smuggling trip to a city that seems to have changed too much, too soon. Many of his old friends are long gone, the new mafia leadership has become entangled in increasingly violent and dangerous intrigues, and a fabled holy man challenges everything that Lin thought he’d learned about love and life. But Lin can’t leave the Island City: Karla, and one final mission, won’t let him go. A love story of hope, humour, and the philosophical quest for the wisdom of our common humanity, The Mountain Shadow is an all-consuming novel of our extraordinary human struggle for love and faith, truth and redemption.

$22.00, paper. Penguin. 96 pages

In Blue Horses, Mary Oliver returns to the imagery that has defined her life’s work, describing with wonder both the everyday and the unaffected beauty of nature. Herons, sparrows, owls, and kingfishers flit across the page in meditations on love, artistry, and impermanence. Whether considering a bird’s nest, the seeming patience of oak trees, or the artworks of Franz Marc, Oliver reminds us of the transformative power of attention and how much can be felt and known within the smallest moments. Mary Oliver gives readers another opportunity to slow down and connect, to see what she sees, and perhaps to find consolation there. In this slim volume, Oliver shares the page with Rumi, Stebbins, Lucretius—and even Shiva. Oliver asks, “What Can I Do” in the face of technology. She answers “not much” but adds, “I can strike a match and make fire.” Indeed she does! In a voice so distinctly hers, Oliver reflects on aging and the nature of art, poetry, and love—the conundrum of culture. In “Franz Marc’s Blue Horses,” she suggests, Maybe our world will grow kinder… Maybe the desire to make something beautiful is the piece of God that is inside each of us.

Perhaps the popularity of Oliver’s poems lies in their pastoral quiet, the exactness of her observations, and the comfort of simple language. As she reminds readers, “I don’t care how many angels can/ dance on the head of a pin. It’s/ enough to know …they exist, and that they dance.” At its heart, Blue Horses asks what it means to truly belong to this world, to live in it attuned to all its changes. Humorous, gentle, and honest, Mary Oliver is a visionary of the natural world.

UPSTREAM

Selected Essays by Mary Oliver

$35.00, cloth. Penguin. 192 pages

“In the beginning I was so young and such a stranger to myself I hardly existed. I had to go out into the world and see it and hear it and react to it, before I knew at all who I was, what I was, what I wanted to be.” So begins Upstream, a collection of essays in which beloved poet Mary Oliver reflects on her willingness, as a young child and as an adult, to lose herself within the beauty and mysteries of both the natural world and the world of literature. Emphasizing the significance of her childhood “friend” Walt Whitman, through whose work she first understood that a poem is a temple, “a place to enter, and in which to feel,” and who encouraged her to vanish into the world of her writing, Oliver meditates on the forces that allowed her to create a life for herself out of work and love. As she writes,

Yoga & the Hindu Traditions THE PATH OF MODERN YOGA The History of an Embodied Spiritual Practice by Elliott Goldberg

I could not be a poet without the natural world. Someone else could. But not me. For me the door to the woods is the door to the temple.

$47.95, cloth. Inner Traditions. 495 pages, 8x10, b/w photos

Upstream, a radiant collection of essays with a new piece on Provincetown, follows Oliver as she contemplates the pleasure of artistic labor, her boundless curiosity for the flora and fauna that surround her, and the responsibility she has inherited from Shelley, Wordsworth, Emerson, Poe, and Frost, the great thinkers and writers of the past, to live thoughtfully, intelligently, and to observe with passion. Throughout this collection, Oliver positions not just herself upstream but us as well as she encourages us all to keep moving, to lose ourselves in the awe of the unknown, and to give power and time to the creative and whimsical urges that live within us.

SECRET PATH

A Graphic Novel by Gord Downie, illus. by Jeff Lemire $26.99, paper. Simon & Schuster. 96 pages, colour illustrations

Secret Path is a ten song album (download included with the book) by Gord Downie of the Tragically Hip with a graphic novel by illustrator Jeff Lemire that tells the story of Chanie “Charlie” Wenjack, a twelve-year-old boy who died in flight from the Cecilia Jeffrey Indian Residential School fifty years ago. Chanie, misnamed Charlie by his teachers, was a young boy who died on October 22, 1966, walking the railroad tracks, trying to escape from the Cecilia Jeffrey Indian Residential School to return home. Chanie’s home was 400 miles away. He didn’t know that. He didn’t know where it was, nor how to find it, but, like so many kids—more than anyone will be able to imagine—he tried.

New in Paperback

Chanie’s story is Canada’s story. We are not the country we thought we were. History will be re-written. We are all accountable. Secret Path acknowledges a dark part of Canada’s history—the long suppressed mistreatment of Indigenous children and families by the residential school system—with the hope of starting our country on a road to reconciliation. Every year as we remember Chanie Wenjack, the hope for Secret Path is that it educates all Canadians young and old on this omitted part of our history, urging our entire nation to play an active role in the preservation of Indigenous lives and culture in Canada. The next hundred years are going to be painful as we come to know Chanie Wenjack and thousands like him—as we find out about ourselves, about all of us—but only when we do can we truly call ourselves, “Canada.” —Gord Downie

Proceeds from Secret Path will be donated to The Gord Downie Secret Path Fund for Truth and Reconciliation via The National Centre for Truth and Reconciliation at The University of Manitoba. BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

11

In The Path of Modern Yoga, Elliott Goldberg shows how yoga was transformed from a sacred practice into a health and fitness regime for middle-class Indians in the early 20th century and then gradually transformed over the course of the 20th century into an embodied spiritual practice—a yoga for our times. Drawing on more than 10 years of research from rare primary sources as well as recent scholarship, Goldberg tells the sweeping story of modern yoga through the remarkable lives and accomplishments of 11 key figures: six Indian yogis (Sri Yogendra, Swami Kuvalayananda, S. Sundaram, T. Krishnamacharya, Swami Sivananda, and B. K. S. Iyengar), an Indian bodybuilder (K. V. Iyer), a rajah (Bhavanarao Pant Pratinidhi), an American-born journalist (Louise Morgan), an Indian diplomat (Apa Pant), and a Russian-born yogi trained in India (Indra Devi). The author places their achievements within the context of such Western trends as the physical culture movement, the commodification of exercise, militant nationalism, jazz age popular entertainment, the quest for youth and beauty, and 19th-century New Age religion. In chronicling how the transformation of yoga from sacred discipline to exercise program allowed for the creation of an em-

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F bodied spiritual practice, Goldberg presents an original, authoritative, provocative, and illuminating interpretation of the history of modern yoga. “While telling many colorful and poignant stories of their lives, he describes how the early teachers developed modern yoga by emphasizing asana as fitness and health routine. In the last chapters he explores the asana of spiritual embodiment—as exemplified by the teachings of B.K.S. Iyengar—in which the physical reveals the sacred that is often hidden but always there and waiting to emerge within our asana practice.” —Angela Farmer, yoga teacher

THE MARK STEPHENS YOGA SEQUENCING DECK by Mark Stephens

$38.95, cards. North Atlantic. 100 cards, 86-page booklet, boxed

Based on Stephens’ best-selling Yoga Sequencing, this deck is the perfect companion or standalone for creative yoga students and teachers. The Mark Stephens Yoga Sequencing Deck empowers yoga students and teachers to be their creative best in designing yoga classes. With a 86-page booklet covering the principles of sequencing yoga classes and providing clear guidance on arranging postures in the most effective ways, the deck includes 100 yoga flash cards color-coded by pose family (Standing, Core, Arm Support, Back Bends, Seated Twists, Forward Bends & Hip Openers, Inversions, and Savasana). The cards feature clear color photos of postures with the corresponding English and Sanskrit names on side one and detailed information on how to put postures together in sequences that work for unique students and special class intentions on side two. The perfect companion to Yoga Sequencing or for use on its own, this deck is a hands-on way for readers to gain knowledge and skills for planning and designing yoga classes. The booklet and cards come packaged in a box approximately 4 inches wide, 6 inches tall, and 2 inches thick—perfect for easy storage and travel. Also by Mark Stephens are the textbooks Teaching Yoga and Yoga Adjustments.

INNER ENGINEERING A Yogi’s Guide to Joy by Sadhguru

$34.00, cloth. Random House. 272 pages

The founder of the Isha Foundation, an all-volunteer organization involved in largescale humanitarian, educational, and environmental projects, Sadhguru is a thought leader on a epic scale. His mission is to improve the quality and experience of life, from the individual to the global. He has distilled a system of practices from the ancient yogic sciences that will deepen your perception and bring about a shift in the very way you experience your life and the world. The practice of hatha yoga, as we commonly know it, is but one of eight branches of the body of knowledge that is yoga. In fact, yoga is a sophisticated system of


F

TANTRA & MANTRA

Mantra Medicine Music

The Tantric Goddesses

SECRETS OF THE ETERNAL MOON PHASE GODDESSES

MUSIC AND MANTRAS

$22.95, paper. Skylight Paths. 145 pages

$33.99, cloth. Scribner. 278 pages, b/w illustrations

The Yoga of Mindful Singing for Health, Happiness, Peace & Prosperity by Girish

Meditations on Desire, Relationships & the Art of Being Broken by Julie Peters

Everyone experiences brokenness at some point in their lives—a romantic relationship fails, a job ends, a dream dies, an illness emerges. During these times it is easy to focus on our human frailty and to want nothing more than to be whole again. But what are we missing when we overlook the ugliness, fear, anger and vulnerability of being in pieces? The Nityas, or the Eternal Moon Phase Goddesses of Tantric philosophy, teach us that we miss the empowerment of the full human experience and the growth that comes from renewing ourselves again and again.

Popular yogi-musician Girish opens new possibilities for transforming your life through song. For as long as he can remember, Girish has created rhythm to accompany life. His first experience of music as sacred art came in college, playing with jazz bands. During improvisational sessions, he recalls, there were these unexplainable moments of synchronicity and intuition that felt like magic. This led Girish to an unexpected journey—a seeming detour to live as a monk in an ashram for five years that inadvertently nourished his musical artistry. Here, he studied Sanskrit as a means to understand the deeper meanings of ancient chants, which sparked a life-changing event that led him back to music—and to combining music with Sanskrit chants. Now he shares what he’s learned to help people of all ages, backgrounds, and traditions to transform body, brain, and life through mantra and music. With Music and Mantras, Girish has created an interactive toolkit—including more than 90 minutes of companion audio material—for personal transformation through singing, sharing his own experience as a musician, yogi, former Hindu monk, and PTSD patient. Weaving simple, elegant mantras from ancient traditions with neuroscience, Girish shows us how to achieve greater peace of mind, clarity, calm, focus, and even improved health and wealth through “kirtan,” the yogic art of chanting—an inspiration that anyone can sing their way to happiness and health. “I believe this book will change the world. In the years to come the inclusion of mantra practice and mindful singing into everything from yoga teacher training curricula to therapeutic treatment plans will be able to rest upon the foundation Girish has laid with this book.” – Rolf Gates, author of Meditations on Intention and Being “Music and Mantras is a must read for all those looking to deepen their awareness of Bhakti Yoga. Girish dives into the many facets of voice, sacred pronunciation and meanings to create a very rewarding and thorough experience for readers.” – Sridhar Silberfein, creator of Bhaktifest, producer of “River of Love”

The patron saint of being broken is a goddess named Akhilandesvari, or She Who Is Never Not Broken. She is a goddess from the Shakta Tantra tradition, a branch of Indian philosophy that worships the divine feminine as god.

This introduction to Tantric mythology as a contemporary resource for personal and spiritual growth guides you to reach into your pain and ask the larger questions about your relationships, not only with your lover but also with your community and with yourself. Each goddess (there are 16 in all, each connected to a unique night of the lunar cycle) prompts you to explore some aspect of relationship, such as loneliness, true love, equality, instinct, learning from the other, and learning to be alone. In seeking answers to these questions—supported by yogic wisdom, modern research into psychology and sociology, and nightly meditation and journaling practices—you will find empowerment in discovering who you are and what you truly desire. In my brokenness, each of these goddesses reflected back to me a different version of my own face… to help me see the beauty in all my fragments… These goddesses want us to explore who we are right now, not who we could or should be… They want us to be broken, to get whole, and to be willing to break again.

“Beautiful… worth reading slowly again and again… Guides us to live more by the erotic principle and by play rather than with a heavy, tragic sense of life.” —Thomas Moore, author of Soul Mates “Refreshingly honest… invites us to consider the light and dark aspects of human relating through vibrant mythology, personal revelations, heart-opening meditations and free-writing exercises.” —Jenny Ferry

THE SPIRIT OF MANTRA WITH DEVA PREMAL & MITEN

TANTRIC KALI

21 Chant Practices for Daily Life by Deva Premal & Miten

Secret Practices and Rituals by Daniel Odier

$67.00, 5 CDs. Sounds True. 5 hours + 14-page booklet

$17.95, paper. Inner Traditions. 128 pages, b/w illustrations

New on CD

In their second in-depth mantra meditation course, the celebrated musical duo shares a new collection of empowering traditional chants. To be enjoyed on their own or as a complement to the first volume, the focus here is practical and targeted, featuring mantras that they have found most relevant to common life challenges.

According to traditions going back to pre-Vedic times, Kali sprang from the third eye of the Goddess Durga as a destructive and terrifying manifestation of feminine power sent to lay waste to the forces of evil. Throughout India to this day, Kali is worshipped as the destroyer of bondage, capable of liberating her devotee from all rules and subjugation. In The Tantric Kali, Daniel Odier presents the mythology, practices, and rituals of Kali worship in the Tantric Kaula tradition within Kashmiri Shaivism. He reveals the practices of Vamachara, commonly known as the Left-hand Path but more accurately translated as the Path of Shakti. In this tradition the body itself is Kali’s temple, and it is therefore unnecessary to reject or deny the body to know union with the divine. Instead, nothing is regarded as pure or impure and there is complete freedom from rules. Focused on working directly with forbidden emotions and behaviors, this path allows the seeker to transcend obstacles to liberation through sexual union. According to the Kaula Upanishad, “In your behavior do the opposite to what the norms dictate but remain in consciousness.” This is the essence of Tantra. Kali is absolute reality: manifested as woman intoxicated by desire, she frees the tantric practitioner from all desire except union with the divine. The author includes an evocative ritual from the Nirrutara Tantra—never before translated into any Western language—containing devotions to the 64 yoginis according to Matsyendranath, founder of the Kaula path. Offering devotional chants, meditations, and mudras specific to Tantric worship of Kali, this empowering book provides practices and teachings for those on the Tantric path to liberation. Also by Daniel Odier is Tantric Quest. self-empowerment that is capable of harnessing and activating inner energies in such a way that your body and mind function at their optimal capacity. It is a means to create inner situations exactly the way you want them, turning you into the architect of your own joy. A yogi lives life in this expansive state, and in this book Sadhguru tells the story of his own awakening, from a boy with an unusual affinity for the natural world to a young daredevil who crossed the Indian continent on his motorcycle. He relates the moment of his enlightenment on a mountaintop in southern India, where time stood still and he emerged radically changed. Today, he lights the path for millions.

F

The ancient sound formulas of India known as mantras affect us on many levels. They open the door to a world beyond thought, where we experience deep inner peace and a true sense of well-being.

The term guru, he notes, means dispeller of darkness, someone who opens the door for you… As a guru, I have no doctrine to teach, no philosophy to impart, no belief to propagate. And that is because the only solution for all the ills that plague humanity is self-transformation. Self-transformation means that nothing of the old remains. It is a dimensional shift in the way you perceive and experience life.

Day by day, Deva Premal & Miten introduce us to a new mantra, clarify its meaning and purpose, guide us in preparatory meditations, and then lead us in an inspiring chant session. The mantras here include: • Purification ● The Lover and the Beloved ● Radiant Health ● Long Life and Healing ● Strength through Devotion ● Mother Earth ● Beyond Fear ● Blessing the Children ● Beyond Identification ● Blessing the Animals ● Divine Spirit ● Perfect Timing ● The Light-Bringer ● Mystic Law ● Divine Consciousness ● Prayer (Mangalam) ● Freedom ● and hOMe, The Cosmic Yes ● Joy Mantras offer an incomparable path that merges our intentions, energies, and connection with the Divine, opening a portal of awareness into the vast dimensions of Creation—and creating profound changes in our lives. Here, you are invited to experience the many benefits and joys of a daily mantra practice for yourself. Includes a helpful resource booklet of English translations from the Sanskrit and additional insights into each mantra. Includes: u Mantras for healing, improving relationships, welcoming our difficult emotions, attuning to opportunity and serendipity, and more u Created for beginners and experienced practitioners alike u Short and long session options to fit your schedule u An excellent support for yoga practice and sitting meditation. Also available: Chanting Mantras with Deva Premal & Miten, the first volume in this instructional series.

Inner Engineering offers time-tested tools that are fresh, alive, and radiantly new; it presents a revolutionary way of thinking about our agency and our evolving humanity and the opportunity to achieve nothing less than a life of joy.

that, life is a journey of endlessly unfolding celebration and discovery.

Once joy is your constant companion, you are no more an issue in your life. After

“Contrarian and consistent, ancient and contemporary, Inner Engineering is

BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

12

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

a loving invitation to live our best lives and a profound reassurance of why and how we can.” —Ken Robinson, author of Finding Your Element


F

Y O G A, R A M A N A & B U D D H A ’ S W O M E N

Spine-Aligned, Yin Yoga AWAKENING THE SPINE

it will respond in an incredible way. Illustrated with amazing colour photographs, and lovingly revised by Vanda’s daughter Paola Scaravelli Cohen based on the extensive notes Vanda left behind, Awakening the Spine is published for the first time as the author intended—making it the definitive edition of one of yoga’s all-time classics.

Yoga for Health, vitality and Energy by Vanda Scaravelli, foreword by BK.S. Iyengar $31.00, paper. HarperCollins. 184 pages, 8x8, colour illustrations

This is a fully revised and updated edition of the classic yoga book, with a new foreword by B.K.S. Iyengar, with whom the author studies for many years. For more than twenty-five years, until her death at ninety-one, Vanda Scaravelli helped transform bodies and lives with her innovative approach to yoga through the proper alignment of the spine. She listened to the body and worked with— instead of against—it. She used gravity, grounding, and breathing to achieve dramatic improvements in health and wellbeing. Awakening the Spine offers a gentle way to achieve and maintain overall health and a naturally supple spine at any age. Scaravelli’s lasting message reminds readers that, if you are kind to your body,

YOUR BODY, YOUR YOGA

Learn Alignment Cues that are Skillful, Safe and Best Suited to You by Bernie Clark $35.50, paper. Wild Strawberry. 301 pages, 8x11, colour illustrations

Your Body, Your Yoga goes beyond any prior yoga anatomy book available. It looks not only at the body’s unique anatomical structures and what this means to everyone’s individual range of motion, but also examines the physiological sources of restrictions to movement. Two volumes are provided in this book: Volume 1 raises a new mantra to be used in every yoga posture: “What Stops Me?” The answers presented run through a spectrum, beginning with a variety of tensile resistance to three kinds of compressive resistance. Examined is the nature of muscles, fascia, tendons, ligaments, joint capsules, bones and our extracellular matrix and their contribution to mobility. The shape of these structures also defines our individual, ultimate range of movement, which means that not every body can do every yoga posture. The reader will discover where his or her limits lie, which dictates which alignment cues will work best, and which ones should be abandoned. Volume 2 takes these principles and applies them to the lower body, examining the hip joint, the knee, ankle and foot, and will present how your unique variations in these joints will show up in your yoga practice.

Each of the yoga poses is accompanied by breathing and it is during the process of exhalation that the spine can stretch and elongate without effort. We learn to elongate and extend, rather than to pull and push. Elongation and extension can only occur when the pulling and pushing have come to an end. This is the revolution.

For this revolution to occur, the muscles must not be activated through tension or effort but only through the much more powerful wave of extension, which is produced by gravity and breathing. We make use of the force of “anti-force,” which gives us a new flow of energy—a sort of anti-gravity reflex, like the rebounding spring of a ball bouncing on the ground.

Your Body, Your Yoga has been written to broaden the understanding of what causes our limitations to movement, and to highlight the unique structure of the body that each student has. Human variation is a critically important realization for all therapeutic interventions, whether in a yoga classroom or in a doctor’s office. Every body is different and this difference makes all the difference in how one should practice his or her yoga.

“A fascinating, provocative, and scientifically-informed look at the inner workings of the body as it affects the practice of asana. Bernie Clark challenges much dogma in the modern postural yoga world, including a few heretofore sacrosanct principles of alignment, to demonstrate that a healthy and effective yoga practice should be adapted to each individual’s unique needs, abilities and anatomy. Required reading for yoga teachers and yoga therapists, and highly recommended for avid practitioners.” —Timothy McCall, author, Yoga As Medicine “Instant Classic: Bernie Clark has done a tremendous service in producing this book. It is as thorough in its scope as it is excellent in its content. He has systematically accounted for anatomical variation. I feel indebted to Bernie and Paul Grilley for promoting an anatomically functional approach to yoga.” —Gil Hedley, Director, Integral Anatomy Productions

RESTORATIVE YOGA THERAPY

The Yapana Way to Self-Care and Well-Being by LeeAnn Carey $24.00, paper. New World Library. 206 pages, 8x10, b/w photos

Yapana is an ancient Sanskrit word meaning “the support and extension of life.” Author Leeann Carey was inspired by this concept to create her unique, inclusive approach to yoga. Here, all body types, phases of life, and levels of fitness and ability are welcomed. Carey meets readers where they are with strategic support. This practice consists of a series of simple movements to first warm up the body, followed by DOING (dynamic) and BEING (relaxing) poses which are held for an extended period of time with the support of yoga props, and ending with a STILL (final relaxation) pose to complete the practice. Yoga fundamentals—posture (asana) and breath control (pranayama)—are augmented by props that allow practitioners to hold and deepen poses. The props she suggests are not exotic (and

TRUE HAPPINESS

The Teachings of Ramana Maharshi edited by Arthur Osborne

$25.50, paper. Hampton Roads. 206 pages.

Sri Ramana Maharshi (1879-1950) is regarded as one of the most important Indian sages of all time. At the age of seventeen, he experienced a spiritual awakening and then was drawn to the holy mountain of Arunachala in south India, where a community grew up around him and where a beautiful ashram still functions today, and where

include chairs, pillows, and walls). The beloved and recently deceased B.K.S. Iyengar worked with these types of supports. Drawing on this lineage, Carey uses props not to water down poses but to fulfill yoga’s most fundamental goal of offering a path to living a more mindful and wholehearted life. In this kind of practice there is no competition with the self or with others. Instead the practice facilitates awareness, acceptance of what is, and joyful movement toward what is possible. The ample use of yoga props and their strategic placement are crucial to encourage a peaceful experience in the BEING poses. One of the roles of your musculoskeletal system is to support the bodily organs. The better the musculoskeletal system is supported to meet you exactly where you are—stiff, flexible, or with a wandering mind—the more fully the body/mind can relax. When all urges to “do” are relieved, the body/mind can surrender and relax into doing less and feeling more.

his presence can still be felt. From there, he touched the lives of many: influential writers, artists, and seekers such as Carl Jung, Henri Cartier-Bresson, and Somerset Maugham. Today, on Facebook alone there are numerous Ramana Maharshi pages, but the main one has over 188,000 adherents. Why worry about God? We do not know whether God exists but we know that we exist, so first concentrate on yourself. Find out who you are. * The enquiry’Who am I?’ really means trying to find the source of the ego or of the ‘I’ thought. You are not to occupy the mind with other thoughts, such as ‘I am not the body’. Seeking the source of the ‘I’ serves as a means of getting rid of all other thoughts. You should keep the attention BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

13

fixed on finding the source of the ‘I’ thought by asking, when any other thought arises, to whom it occurs; and if the answer is ‘to me’, you then resume the thought; ‘Who is this “I” and what is its source?’

Today, millions around the world continue to be inspired by Ramana’s teachings. Edited by his pupil Arthur Osborne, and with a foreword by C.G. Jung, this classic work (in print since 1962!) sets out Sri Ramana Maharshi’s thoughts and responses to questions—in his own words—on such subjects as how to live in the here and now, wealth, freedom, knowledge, and the essence of our true nature. It has been long-established as a classic text for those studying non-duality, specifically Advaita. “Self-inquiry” is the key to liberation, Sri Ramana contends, as he invites us to detach ourselves from our

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

illusions and set out on the path that leads toward enlightenment. Originally titled The Teachings of Ramana Maharshi In His Own Words, “this book has become a popular, easy-to-assimilate introduction to his complete teachings, and remains today a great classic in post-war spiritual literature.” — Alan Jacobs, president of the Ramana Maharshi Foundation

Buddhism STARS AT DAWN

Forgotten Stories of Women in the Buddha’s Life by Wendy Garling

$24.95, paper. Shambhala. 318 pages

In this retelling of the ancient legends of the women in the Buddha’s intimate circle, lesser-known stories from Sanskrit and Pali sources are for the first time woven into an illuminating, coherent narrative that follows his life from his birth to his parinirvana or death. Interspersed with original insights, fresh interpretations, and bold challenges to the status quo, the stories are both entertaining and thought-provoking—some may even appear controversial. Focusing first on laywomen from the time before the Buddha’s enlightenment— his birth mother and stepmother, his cowives, and members of his harem when he was known as Prince Siddhartha—then moving on to the Buddha’s first female disciples, early nuns, and to female patrons, Wendy Garling invites us to open our minds to a new understanding of their roles. Some stories also highlight the natural sexuality of the young prince Siddhartha, who (spoiler alert) courted and married more than one wife, and later, like his father, presided over a vast harem. Rather than detract from his persona as a quintessential spiritual role model, his portrayal as a normal, virile young man humanizes him and gives credence to the youthful inner turmoil that drove him to depart for the religious life. As the Buddha, he did not claim to be a god, but a seer… These stories also provide an abundance of original material that invites further exploration and a reimagining of the Buddha legend in new and usable ways. It is hoped that the stories presented here will empower present-day Buddhist women in their own lives and practices and in their efforts to assert equal footing with men in both lay and monastic Buddhist communities.

“Stars at Dawn retells the ancient stories of the lives of the women who were essential players in the Buddha’s life in a way that supports connection and understanding. Reading Garling’s account of the women whose lives were interwoven with the Buddha’s, I often felt deeply inspired by everyone involved.” —Sharon Salzberg, author of Real Happiness

HOW TO LIVE

Boxed Set of the Mindfulness Essentials Series by Thich Nhat Hanh $67.50, paper. Parallax. 5 paperbacks in gift box

The five bestselling handbooks of Thich Nhat Hanh’s Mindfulness Essentials Series, How to Sit, How to Eat, How to Walk, How to Love, and How to Relax, are collected together for the first time in a beautifully designed gift box. The box contains all five titles in


F

BUDDHISM & ZEN

F

Mindful Meditation Guides

THE ART AND SKILL OF BUDDHIST MEDITATION mindfulness, concentration and insight by Richard Shankman $22.95, paper. New Harbinger. 146 pages

The Art and Skill of Buddhist Meditation offers a practical guide to building a strong meditation practice by unifying mindfulness, concentration, and insight into a single, integrated approach. Mindfulness or insight—clearly knowing what is happening in one’s present moment experience—and concentration—the ability of the mind to remain steady and undistracted—are foundational elements of meditation, yet people are often confused about how these aspects of the practice fit together. Should they be doing insight meditation or concentration practices? How does concentration fit into insight meditation? To help, The Art and Skill of Buddhist Meditation offers specific guidance for cultivating both insight and concentration to enhance your experience. This book will be of interest to both beginning and experienced meditation practitioners, as well as anyone wishing to familiarize themselves with, deepen their understanding of, and increase their practical skills in mindfulness, concentration, and insight meditation.

As you begin, take some time to reflect on your aspirations and intentions for undertaking these ancient practices. You would not be drawn to meditation and Buddhist teachings if you did not want to live with more clarity, calmness, wisdom, and compassion, in a way that creates less suffering and more well-being for yourself and others. Keeping your good intentions in mind will be a great support through all the ups and downs of a meditative life.

New meditators who want hands-on skills they can easily put into practice will find the step-by-step instructions accessible and easy to understand. Experienced practitioners will find a complete and useful guide for deepening insight and cultivating the deeper stages of concentration known as jhana. This book also discusses common experiences that can arise as the meditation process unfolds, and will help you find the approaches and techniques that work best for you. “A wonderful guide…People who can’t easily access a meditation teacher or supportive community will especially appreciate this book.” —Sharon Salzberg Guiding teacher of the Metta Dharma Foundation, Richard Shankman is also author of The Experience of Samadhi.

ROOM TO BREATHE

An At-Home Meditation Retreat with Sharon Salzberg by Sharon Salzberg $26.95, 2 CDs. Sounds True. 2 hours + 32-page booklet

New on CD

Between the smartphone, laptop, tablet, and whatever else is demanding your attention, sometimes you just need to unplug! Room to Breathe brings you a series of beginner-friendly guided meditations and mindfulness techniques to help you regain a sense of spaciousness and ease. These essential practices were created to give you the feel of a meditation retreat at home—but can be enjoyed in any place conducive to a period of undisturbed quiet. Enhanced by a guidebook with teachings for breaking free from stressful habits and remembering what’s most important, Room to Breathe leads you through eight refreshing exercises including:

WHAT’S WRONG WITH MINDFULNESS (AND WHAT ISN’T)

Zen Perspectives edited by Robert Rosenbaum & Barry Magid $21.95, paper. Wisdom. 160 pages

Mindfulness seems to be everywhere—but are we sure that’s a good thing? Teachers Sallie Jiko Tisdale, Gil Fronsdal, Norman Fischer, and more explain how removing mindfulness from Buddhism may set a dangerous precedent. Mindfulness is in fashion. Oprah loves it, Google teaches it to employees—it has become widespread as a cureall for stress, health problems and psychological difficulties, interpersonal trouble, and existential anxiety. However, when its proponents try to make it more accessible by severing it from its Buddhist roots, they run the risk of leeching mindfulness of its transformative power. Taught outside of its ethical and spiritual context it becomes a mere means to an end, rather than a way of life. Mindfulness is in danger of being co-opted into the spiritual equivalent of fast food: “McMindfulness.” Instead of being better people, we just become better employees, better consumers. The

u Calming the Mind—breathing practices to

replace anxiety with composure and strength

u Facing Challenges—cultivating courage and

compassion to transform your relationship to suffering u Opening the Heart—a self-directed loving kindness meditation Going on retreat doesn’t remove us from the ups and downs of life, but it provides a way to understand ourselves more fully, to care more deeply for ourselves and others, and to do nothing for a while, with awareness and love.

Find respite whenever you need it with Room to Breathe. Sharon Salzberg has been leading meditation retreats worldwide since 1971. She is cofounder of the Insight Meditation Society and the Barre Center for Buddhist Studies, both in Massachusetts. She is the author of several books, including Lovingkindness and Real Happiness. Zen teachers gathered here ask a bold question: Is universal mindfulness really a good thing? Ranging from thoughtful critiques to personal accounts of integrating mindfulness into daily life, each chapter offers insights to ground mindfulness in a deeper understanding of both where it comes from, and where it might be headed. With contributions from Marc Poirer, Robert Meikyo Rosenbaum, Barry Magid, Hozan Alan Senauke, Sallie Jiko Tisdale, Gil Fronsdal, Max Erdstein, Zoketsu Norman Fischer, Janet Jiryu Abels, Grace Schireson, Sojun Mel Weitsman, and Robert Sharf. “More than ever, with mindfulness now an in thing to do rather than be, I am awed, appreciative and impressed by the daring of the editors to examine the meaning of the word “mindfulness” and how it is being lived. It is refreshing to read a book of wisdom and depth by people of experience who are committed to maintaining the integrity of this ancient tradition. I applaud the questions raised and the diversity of thought and practice. May we all be awake, alive and read this book!” —Elana Rosenbaum, author of Being Well (Even When You’re Sick)

MOST INTIMATE

A Zen Approach to Life’s Challenges by Pat Enkyo O’Hara $19.00, paper. Shambhala. 140 pages

their original trade paperback editions, each printed with a different highlight color. The Mindfulness Essentials Series by Zen Master Thich Nhat Hanh will introduce beginners and remind seasoned practitioners of the essentials of mindfulness practice. The five books are pocket-sized with bold drawings by California artist Jason DeAntonis, each in a different highlight color. When the spines are lined up in this handsome gift box, the presentation is striking. The books provide explicit, simple directions for carrying out everyday activities with the focused awareness of mindful attention.

Every title in the series has appeared on various bestseller lists. The popular blog Brain Pickings has featured How to Love on its landing page for months, among Maria Popova’s “favorite reads.” She writes, “In accordance with the general praxis of Buddhist teachings, Nhat Hanh delivers distilled infusions of clarity, using elementary language and metaphor to address the most elemental concerns of the soul.” A perfect introduction for those with no knowledge of Buddhism, How to Live offers a surprisingly complete spiritual education, in few words, simply. BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

14

The joy of intimacy—with yourself, with others, and with the whole universe. This is the long-awaited first book from a modern American Zen teacher. For Roshi Pat Enkyo O’Hara, intimacy is what Zen practice is all about: the realization of the essential lack of distinction between self and other that inevitably leads to wisdom and compassionate action.

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

She approaches the practice of intimacy beginning at its most basic level—the intimacy with ourselves that is the essential first step. She then shows how to bring intimacy into our relationships with others, starting with those dearest to us and moving on to those who don’t seem dear at all. She then shows how to grow in intimacy so that we include everyone around us, all of society, the whole world and all the beings it contains. I think we often separate from the suffering of others out of fear. We do not want to really own our own illness, old age, addiction, or disability, so we move away from it in others. But moving away stops us from intimate action.

Each chapter is accompanied by practices she uses with her students at the Village Zendo in New York for manifesting intimacy in our lives. To keep your practice consistent, remember what the famous Nike ad says: “Just do it.” Don’t concern yourself with trying to get to some particular place or state of mind. Each day’s zazen will be a little different, just like the rest of life. We practice steadiness in our daily meditation; whether we’re alert, sleepy, or focused, we just practice each day, through the high points and the low. When you mess up—and you will—just say, “Okay, back to my cushion.”

“Warm-hearted, clear, precise, and deeply loving, Most Intimate beckons newcomers and old-timers alike back to the cushion of their own lives to live them with awareness and appreciation. Roshi Enkyo’s voice is deeply personal and her teachings deceptively simple, for they manage to address our strongest needs for relationship, joy, confidence, and freedom from fear.” —Tetsugen Bernie Glassman, author of Instructions to the Cook

HARDCORE ZEN

Punk Rock, Monster Movies & the Truth about Reality by Brad Warner

$19.95, paper. Wisdom. 206 pages

This is not your typical Zen book. Brad Warner, a young punk who grew up to be a Zen master, spares no one. This bold new approach to the “Why?” of Zen Buddhism is as strongly grounded in the tradition of Zen as it is utterly revolutionary. Warner’s voice is hilarious, and he calls on the wisdom of everyone from punk and pop culture icons to the Buddha himself to make sure his points come through loud and clear. As it prods readers to question everything, Hardcore Zen is both an approach and a departure, leaving behind the soft and lyrical for the gritty and stark perspective of a new generation. I saw the parallels between Zen and punk very clearly… Both movements were interested in a radical stripping away of pretense in order to get at the core truth.

Among the chapter titles are: Gimme Some Truth Dork-boy and the Godhead Zen & the Art of Making Monster Movies In My Next Life I want to Come Back as a Pair of Lucy Liu’s Panties Pass Me the Ecstasy, Rainbow, I’m Going to Nirvana on a Stretcher! Ask yourself just one thing: Who are you? I’m not talking about your name, your job, or the number of hairs on your butt. Who the hell are you really? And what really is that thing you so confidently call your life?


F “This is Zen for the South Park set: subversive, shit-stick Dharma liberally laced with scenes from Warner’s life, which will no doubt resonate. Hardcore Zen is Be Here Now for now.” —Tricycle This new edition features an afterword from the author.

Tibetan Buddhism OUR PRISTINE MIND

A Practical Guide to Unconditional Happiness by Orgyen Chowang

$24.95, paper. Shambhala. 196 pages

The true nature of our mind is brilliant, clear, and joyful. But we don’t experience this reality amid the swirl of stresses, thoughts, and emotions of day-today life. Our Pristine Mind  is a practical guide to uncovering our naturally comfortable state of mind and reconnecting with the unconditional happiness that is already within us. Using straightforward, accessible language, Orgyen Chowang Rinpoche leads us through the path of Pristine Mind meditation, a practice from the profound teachings known as Dzogchen. This book presents the entire journey of meditation, from the very beginning all the way to the complete happiness of enlightenment. It is a realistic, natural process that can be practiced and experienced by anyone. In this effective, jargon-free guide to the apex of Tibetan Buddhist teachings, Orgyen Chowang empowers us to gradually experience our mind as pure awareness—free from the feelings, thoughts, and other mental events that obscure its true nature. We are born into this world. Temporarily we connect with each other, but no matter how long the connection may last, ultimately we all go our separate ways. No one can know what will happen to them in this unpredictable, ever-changing world. Enlightenment is the most beautiful way to explain that there is something with ultimate meaning that we can know and achieve, to be truly happy. All other goals are just temporary and ultimately elusive.

“This beautiful book feels like a life-changing conversation with a dear friend who happens to be a wise and compassionate Tibetan teacher. Always clear and encouraging, Orgyen Chowang Rinpoche helps us experience the inherently spacious and peaceful nature of the mind—like being the sky, untroubled and undamaged by whatever storm clouds pass through it. He is plainspoken, practical, and profound. A gem of a book.” —Rick Hanson, author of Buddha’s Brain

THE BOOK OF JOY

Lasting Happiness in a Changing World by His Holiness the Dalai Lama & Archbishop Desmond Tutu, with Douglas Abrams $34.95, cloth. Viking. 354 pages, photos

Here two great spiritual masters share their own hard-won wisdom about living with joy even in the face of adversity. The occasion was a big birthday—the Dalai Lama’s 80th. And it inspired two close friends to get together for a talk about something very important to them. The friends were His Holiness the Dalai Lama and Archbishop Desmond Tutu. The subject was

TIBETAN BUDDHISM

F

Pema Chodron

MAKING FRIENDS WITH YOUR MIND The Key to Contentment by Pema Chodron

New on CD

$39.95, 4 CDs. Sounds True. 4.5 hours

Have you ever found yourself thinking your way into a tangle of fret, frustration, or gloom? And then something—a few kind words, the sun glancing through the clouds, a warm cup of tea—gave you a welcome pause from all your inner chatter? With Making Friends with Your Mind, that’s what Pema Chödrön helps us to do, not by chance but with intention: to stop fighting with our thoughts and open to wonder, as naturally as we breathe. The Buddha saw that the human experience is full of drama: confusion and conviction, joy and sorrow, success and failure—and that our minds love to amplify all of it. “We decide somebody or something is a certain way,” muses Pema Chödrön, “and then that judgment gets frozen and fixated, long after things change. And things always change, right?” In these free-spirited sessions, Pema helps us to bring awareness to those inflexible thoughts and sticking points. Through Pema Chodron meditations, daily practices, and the kind of simple pointers that can change our lives, listeners learn that it is entirely possible to return to the flow and freedom of our experience—and to find our way each day closer to a place of unconditional friendliness with ourselves and with those in need. Among dear Pema Chödrön’s many books are When Things Fall Apart: Heart Advice for Difficult Times and Taking the Leap. She also has a number of audio and video teachings available.

PEMA CHODRON’S COMPASSION CARDS Teachings for Awakening the Heart in Everyday Life by Pema Chodron $22.99, cards. Shambhala. 59 colour cards in a box

Originally appearing in The Compassion Box, the lojong cards featured in this boxed set have been used and cherished by many Buddhist practitioners and spiritual seekers of all sorts for years. Now these popular cards are available in a stand-alone format, priced to appeal to gift givers and impulse buyers. Lojong is a classic set of Buddhist teachings or slogans from the Tibetan tradition for cultivating positive qualities in one’s life, such as compassion, fearlessness, altruism, and happiness. And interest in this practice has been growing—originally popularized in the West with such books as Training the Mind and Cultivating Loving-Kindness and Start Where You Are. The 59 beautifully designed cards offer a lojong slogan on one side with commentary by Pema on the reverse to clarify and strengthen the practice. The cards can be displayed at work or at home for guidance and inspiration throughout the day. Packaged with the cards is a card stand and a few extra cards to introduce the practice—to explain how the cards can be used to awaken wisdom and compassion amid the challenges of daily life. Pema’s commentaries on the reverse of each card offer her uniquely accessible insights on how to make the teachings really workable in one’s life. It will make for a perfect gift to anyone seeking spiritual inspiration, both Buddhists and non-Buddhists alike. joy. Both winners of the Nobel Prize, both great spiritual masters and moral leaders of our time, they are also known for being among the most infectiously happy people on the planet, despite having experienced great personal and national suffering. From the beginning the book was envisioned as a three-layer birthday cake, the first being their personal stories and teachings about joy. Both the Dalai Lama and Tutu have been tested by extraordinary adversity, oppression, and conflict. The second layer consists of the exciting research into joy as well as the other qualities essential for any enduring happiness, like gratitude, humility, humour, compassion, generosity, and forgiveness. And the third encompasses practical exercises and guidance based on the Dalai Lama’s and Tutu’s own daily practices, which anchor their emotional and spiritual lives. BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

15

Most of all, during that landmark week in Dharamsala, they demonstrated by their own exuberance, compassion, and even wise-cracking humour, how joy can be transformed from a fleeting emotion into an enduring way of being. Our cowriter, Douglas Abrams, has kindly agreed to assist us in this project and interviewed us over the course of a week in Dharamsala. We have asked him to weave our voices together and offer his own as our narrator so that we can share not only our views and our experience but also what scientists and others have found to be the wellsprings of joy. You don’t need to believe us. Indeed, nothing we say should be taken as an article of faith. We are sharing what two friends, from very different worlds, have witnessed and learned in our long lives. We hope you will discover whether what is included here is true by applying it in your own life. Every day is a new opportunity to begin again. Every day is your birthday.

This extraordinarily moving story of two heart-brothers, elders in the light, and their honest and useful insights—and playful jokes—will make a beautiful gift.

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

MINDFULNESS IN ACTION

Making Friends with Yourself through Meditation and Everyday New in Awareness Paperback by Chogyam Trungpa $20.95, paper. Shambhala. 208 pages

Edited by Carolyn Rose Gimian from the writings of Chogyam Trungpa, Mindfulness in Action is a book about meditation, about the practice and experience of mindfulness and awareness, and about how these meditative qualities influence our everyday lives. It is a practitioner’s book: a book for people who want to practice meditation and also apply meditative insight to their lives. It includes practice instructions, as well as insights into the principles and aspects of meditation that are the foundations of mindfulness. In her preface, Gimian writes, Chogyam Trungpa taught in a profoundly heartfelt fashion that still resonates in our situation today. He allows us to see that meditation is a potent and inspiring discipline, yet that it is also simple, effective, and ordinary. He shows us that mindfulness and meditation are worthwhile disciples and that they work. The practice of meditation works with us and on us, making us more available to ourselves and to others. The practice is demanding, it can be challenging, it shows us the truth of who are are, but that is all part of the beauty of human life.

Part One introduces the practice of meditation in some detail, connecting it with a sense of heart and with experiences of gentleness, clarity, a positive experience of aloneness, and the discovery of compassion. Part Two offers us further perspectives on the foundations of mindfulness, which are presented here as strategies for deepening and enlivening our practice of meditation as well as for linking practice with everyday experience. Part Three offers additional meditation instructions that address working with the emotions, as well as a discussion of walking meditation and working with our awareness in group retreat situations. There is also an exploration of how meditation makes us less self-centrered, enabling us to be more open and available to our world. The final chapters focus on working with the emotions in practice and everyday life, as well as touching on the intriguing possibility of a mindful society. Mindfulness in Action presents a broad, secular approach to meditation and teaches how to practice awareness to improve one’s life.

THE GURU DRINKS BOURBON? by Dzongsar Jamyang Khyentse

$24.95, paper. Shambhala. 256 pages

Here’s an enlightening, accessible, and highly entertaining guide to the guru-disciple relationship, the heart of Tibetan Buddhism. The humility and compassionate activity of the Dalai Lama is something many people can connect with, but how can one understand the stories about some other Buddhist teachers’ unorthodox behavior? The centrality of and reliance on a guru is one of most misunderstood elements of Tibetan Buddhism— and one that is most often veiled in mystery.


F

BUDDHA, THE TAO, &HEALING THE NATURE OF MIND

Father and Son Dharma

The Dzogchen Instructions of Aro Yeshe Jungne by Patrul Rinpoche

THE ROAD HOME

A Contemporary Exploration of the Buddhist Path by Ethan Nichtern

$28.50, paper. Snow Lion. 190 pages

Here is Patrul Rinpoche’s collection of Dzogchen practical meditation instructions that can be applied on-the-go in daily life by students of all backgrounds. Patrul Rinpoche, the beloved nineteenth-century master best known for Words of My Perfect Teacher, collected the teachings of the tenth-century adept Aro Yeshe Jungne and synthesized them into the short text translated here as Clear Elucidation of True Nature. How to put these essential teachings into practice is the subject of the lively commentary by the two Khenpo brothers, the late Khenchen Palden Sherab Rinpoche and Khenpo Tsewang Dongyal Rinpoche. The Dzogchen meditation instructions of the Aro lineage are divided into nine sets, or nine levels, with specific instructions for each on how to identify the nature of the mind, how to abide in it as a way of life, and how to liberate turbulent thoughts and emotions when they arise. The commentary enfolds this instruction into a broad general teaching suitable for beginners that serves as an introduction to Dzogchen meditation, to the Nyingma tradition, and to basic Buddhism.

$22.99, paper. Farrar, Straus & Giroux. 272 pages

Do you feel at home right now? In The Road Home, Ethan Nichtern, a senior teacher in the Shambhala Buddhist tradition, investigates the journey each of us takes to find where we belong. Drawing from contemporary research on meditation and mindfulness and his experience as a Shambhala Buddhist teacher and practitioner, Nichtern describes in fresh and deeply resonant terms the basic existential experience that gives rise to spiritual seeking—and also to its potentially dangerous counterpart, spiritual materialism. Because there is no way to defend against feeling our feelings, there is also no way to make our peak (blissful, sacred, divine) emotions into a permanent home. Nor will we find any salvation in idealizing the relationships—romantic partners, creative muses, spiritual gurus, etc.—that we think will deliver only blissful emotions, ecstatic insights, and heightened experiences. If we are going to conquer materialism, we have to make the heartmind into a place in which the full range of human emotions can feel at home.

He reveals how our individual quests for self-awareness ripple forward into relationships, communities, and society at large. And he explains exactly how, by turning our awareness to what’s happening around us and inside us, we become able to enhance our sense of connection with others and, at the same time, change for the better our individual and collective patterns of greed, apathy, and inattention. In this wise and witty invitation to Buddhist meditation, Nichtern shows how, in order to create a truly compassionate and enlightened society, we must start with ourselves. And this means beginning by working with our own mind—in whatever state we find it. The road home Ethan describes includes looking deeply at what meditation is and isn’t, to carefully hone self-awareness... While writing in a completely contemporary idiom, Ethan draws here from different perspectives and schools within the Buddhist traditions… Ethan is the future of Buddhism. —from the foreword by Sharon Salzberg

“A beautiful guide and invitation to a sane life. Refreshingly straightforward, accessible, skillful, and kind.” —Jack Kornfield, author of The Wise Heart

Aro Yeshe Jungne says look directly into your mind, identify its nature, and abide there. The nature of the mind is open, clear, bright, peaceful, compassionate, complete, and free from thought and emotion. Know this and be this—this is the heart of his message. Aro gives many instructions so this can be accomplished.

AWAKENING FROM THE DAYDREAM Reimagining the Buddha’s Wheel of Life by David Nichtern $21.95, paper. Wisdom. 144 pages

Hell realms, gods, and hungry ghosts—these are just a few of the images on the Buddhist wheel of life. In Awakening from the Daydream, discover how these ancient symbols are still relevant to us, today. In Awakening from the Daydream, Shambhala meditation teacher David Nichtern reimagines the ancient Buddhist allegory of the Wheel of Life. Famously painted at the entryway to Buddhist monasteries, the Wheel of Life encapsulates the entirety of the human situation—all the pathos of our constant struggle in the sea of existence, buffeted by waves of pleasure and pain. Encoded in the image of the Wheel, we also find a teaching about how to make sense of life and how to find within ourselves peace with an uncertain world.

Succinct and easy to read, the text encapsulates the entire path of the nine levels of study and practice described in the Nyingma school of Tibetan Buddhism. As a result, it has much to offer both beginners and longtime meditators to support their understanding and practice.

Flowing with the Tao TAO TE CHING

The most magical and powerful experience imaginable can be discovered right here in the middle of the mess and turmoil we call our everyday lives.

Illustrated Pocket Edition by Lao Tzu, translated by Stephen Mitchell

Nichtern writes with clarity and humor based on personal experience and from his years of working with the Wheel as a key teaching topic. His voice speaks clearly to our contemporary society and its concerns, and provides simple practice steps for building a calm, mindful, and compassionate approach to living. In reading Buddha’s allegory of the Wheel in terms of the modern world, Awakening from the Daydream rouses us from the stupor of dry intellectualism. This teaching is meant for us, right now, in this world. “Awakening from the Daydream repurposes for our times an ancient map to freedom, giving us a smart and sure way to break out of the habitual grooves that bind us. David Nichtern speaks to us with a voice witty and wise. Deep wisdom in a spot-on package.” – Daniel Goleman, author of Emotional Intelligence “ This is a wonderful book —pithy, relevant and fun to read. Plus the essay from Trungpa Rinpoche is a great bonus!” – Sharon Salzberg, author, Real Happiness

Dzongsar Jamyang Khyentse here rips the veil off the role of the guru, revealing it to be nothing other than a skillful means for enlightenment, and a practical one at that. By envisioning one’s guru as the Buddha and uniting one’s mindstream to his or hers through practice, the profoundest kind of insight becomes attainable by the student. Though this path of devotion may not be the best route for everyone, it may be useful for many, and he provides priceless guidance here not only for determining if it’s the path for you, but also for finding the

$17.95, paper. Hachette. 96 pages, colour paintings, flexibound

right teacher and for relating to the teacher properly once you’ve established the relationship. The book is useful not only for those interested in Tibetan Buddhism, but also for anyone seeking insight into student-teacher relationships in any spiritual tradition, for which Dzongsar Jamyang Khyentse provides much wisdom along with a good deal of humor. Khyentse Norbu is son and grandson, respectively,of the renowned teachers Thinley Norbu and Dudjom Rinpoche, and was a close student of Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche. BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

16

Lao Tzu’s Tao Te Ching (The Book of the Way) is the classic manual on the art of living. In 81 short, poetic chapters, the book looks at the basic predicament of being alive and teaches how to work for the good with the effortless skill that comes from being in accord with the Tao, or the basic principle of the universe. Stephen Mitchell’s apt translation is accompanied by ancient Chinese paintings that beautifully reflect Lao Tzu’s timeless words. This gently illustrated edition of one of the most widely translated—and most useful— texts in the world features the best of classical Chinese painting with a modern, “clear as flowing water” translation of “the Tao,” a pithy, bottomless text which has guided and inspired

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

many, many generations. The gentlest thing in the world overcomes the hardest thing in the world. That which has no substance enters where there is no space. This shows the value of non-action. Teaching without words, performing without actions; that is the Master’s Way. * She who is centred in the Tao can go where she wishes, without any danger. She perceives the universal harmony, even amid great pain, because she has found peace in her heart. Music or the smell of good cooking may make people stop and enjoy. But words that point to the Tao seem monotonous and without flavor. When you look for it, there is nothing to see. When you listen for it, there is nothing to hear. When you use it, it is inexhaustible.

“Beautiful and accessible; the English, as ‘fluid as melting ice,’ is a joy to read throughout” —The New Republic

BodyMind Healing & Chinese Medicine PATHWAYS OF QI

Exercises & Meditations to Guide You Through Your Body’s Life Energy Channels by Matthew Sweigart $26.50, paper. Llewellyn. 336 pages, b/w illustrations

Pathways of Qi is a complete system for enhanced personal well-being. Join Chinese Medicine expert Matthew Sweigart as he shows how to use Awakening Awareness, Five Element Meditations, and gentle Qigong exercises to clear away blockages and open up all aspects of your being to receive the energetic nourishment you need. Explore the channels of energy flow in the body—known in Chinese Medicine as the twelve meridians—and for each one, discover the limb position, yin/yang properties, corresponding elements, key functions and characteristics, affirmations, and more. Pathways of Qi is a simple, hands-on Qigong healing system based on ancient wisdom to heal the body, mind, emotions, and spirit. Experience the graceful physical movements that anchor these teachings inside your body, and continue these gentle practices for the expansion of awareness, connection, and wellness in your life. Included are meditation practices and techniques for treating emotional and spiritual wounds in addition to physical work.

THE PAIN CURE RX

The Yass Methd for Diagnosing and Resolving Chronic Pain by Mitchell Yass

$16.99, paper. Hay House. 252 pages, 7x9, b/w photos & illustrations

An estimated one billion of us across the globe suffer chronic pain every day. And what physiotherapist Mitchell Yass has found over his 20-year career is that many of us suffer needlessly. The Pain Cure Rx presents an alternative model of treatment—the


F

HEALING, CHAKRAS & ESSENTIAL OILS determine whether your pain is muscular or structural. If it is structural, you can choose surgery, knowing that the outcome will likely be good. But if the pain is muscular, you can use the easy, step-by-step exercises and routines Dr. Yass offers to get the pain resolution you’re searching for. Many of the people Dr. Yass has treated came to him as a last resort before surgery or as a follow-up after surgery that didn’t resolve their pain. Many of them had been told that they would have to manage their pain with drugs for the rest of their lives, or, worse, that there was nothing left to try; they would simply have to live with the pain. This revolutionary book shows that, in most cases, this simply isn’t true—and gives readers the skills to self-diagnose and self-treat, manually, successfully. It will take work, but it’s real.

Healing & Beauty

THE LITTLE BOOK OF HEALTHY BEAUTY Simple Daily Habits to Get You Glowing by Pina LoGiudice $20.00, paper. Tarcher. 228 pages

The philosophy of naturopathic medicine is to use the most natural methods to achieve optimal health and beauty. People who follow this philosophy have a “glow”—an almost indescribable radiance, beauty, and energetic vitality. Dr. Pina’s holistic wisdom blends practices from naturopaths, scientists, and Chinese medicine and is informed by medical research. This very friendly, authoritative, practical guide presents the six simple keys to great beauty and health (sleep, food, exercise, relaxation, detoxification, supplement support), explains how to maximize their benefits, offers advice on natural remedies like vitamins and herbs, and gives Dr. Pina’s expert guidance based on over a decade of research and clinical experience. The book’s tips include: u The real secrets behind staying young. u The best practices for radiant skin and hair. u The vitamins and herbs that work like magic bullets. u Simple daily habits that help overcome stress and shed extra pounds. Dr. Pina clears up the confusion about what actually works and what doesn’t and dispels some popular myths that are doing more harm than good.

Healing Energies, Healing Herbs CHAKRAS

Epigenetic research shows us that 70 percent of genes are controlled by diet, lifestyle, and environment. Each chapter in this book will help you make better choices in terms of these factors and create a new you as you take your own journey of health. It is an absolute honor to be walking with you on your health and beauty journey… In my own journey to health, I learned that being healthy is not the opposite of having fun. In fact, eating good food and taking great care of yourself are actually more fun and open you up to new experience, tastes, and sensations. And as you feel better and better, you will find that life is best when you feel your best. You can experience your best glow with much less effort than you think. This book will explain how.

Seven Keys to Awakening and Healing the Energy Body by Anodea Judith $15.99, paper. Hay House. 200 pages, b/w illustrations

EFFORTLESS HEALING

9 simple Ways to Sidestep Illness, Shed Excess Weight, and Help Your Body Fix Itself by Joseph Mercola

New in Paperback

$23.00, paper. Harmony. 336 pages, illus.

Let your body do the work. Do you have to tell your leg to heal from a scrape? Your lungs to take in air? Your body that it’s hungry? No. Your body does these things effortlessly. Vibrant health is your birthright; you just have to step out of the way. In Effortless Healing, online health pioneer and natural medicine advocate Dr. Joseph Mercola reveals nine simple secrets to a healthier you. Replete with informational sidebars and eye-opening takeaways, Mercola offers top-notch nutrition, exercises, and lifestyle strategies that can be tailored to your unique goals and biology. The results are encouraging and the steps can be as easy to implement as: u Throwing ice cubes in your water to make it more structured u Skipping breakfast, as it could be making you fat u Eating more of your calories each day in fat for optimal health, reduction of heart disease, and cancer prevention u Eating sauerkraut (and other fermented foods) to improve your immune system and your mood u Walking barefoot outside to decrease system-wide inflammation (and because it just feels great) u Eat Your Veggies (ways to eat more) u Cleaning your brain with sleep u Enjoying a laugh: it’s as good for your blood vessels as 15 minutes of exercise. Effortless Healing is the distillation of decades of Dr. Mercola’s experience and cutting-edge medical knowledge. One of the reasons Mercola.com is so popular is because my experience treating so many patients has helped me to translate complex medical jargon into easy-to-understand, everyday language and turn hard-to-understand studies into easily actionable advice… In this book, I will guide you through the nine principles of healing, which will help you choose more skillfully what and when to eat, what to drink, how and when to be physically active, and how to incorporate more exposure to nature into your life while also protecting yourself from the toxins that are increasingly present in the environment.

Yass Method—that can resolve pain quickly and effectively without surgery or medication. In the medical community today, most chronic pain is attributed to a structural problem, such as a herniated disc, a meniscal tear, or arthritis. But Dr. Yass has found that in about 90 percent of cases, the

cause is actually a muscular weakness or imbalance—a condition that’s easy to treat on your own. The Yass Method, developed through his work with more than 14,000 patients, focuses on finding the true source of the pain and then using simple exercises to find lifelong relief. Yass looks at the most common areas where people experience pain; lays out simple tests that examine things like range of motion, walking patterns, and posture; and teaches you to use this information, rather than invalid diagnostic tests, to BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

17

Chakras are energy centers within the body, centers of organization that receive, assimilate, and transmit life force energy. Our physical, mental and emotional states depend on the state of each of these energy points. In this book, world expert on chakras Anodea Judith explores the chakra system as a whole and teaches you how to work with it to heal the most important aspects of your life. She provides comprehensive and clear information to enable you to take your well-being into your own hands by repairing any imbalances in your energetic body. This book explores: u The meaning, function, and purpose of each chakra u Childhood developmental stage in which that chakra is primarily programmed and how this affects our emotional and physical states later in life u Excess, deficiency, and balanced states of the chakras u States of consciousness and personal identities relating to the chakras (physical, emotional, egoic, social, creative, archetypal, universal) u The 4 energetic currents dependent on the chakras: liberation and manifestation, reception and expression The archetypal element related to each chakra (earth, water, fire, air, sound, light, and thought) u Techniques for working with your chakras (yoga, breathing, meditating, chanting, colors, psychological history, etc.) and much more! Among Anodea Judith’s other books are Illuminated Chakras (DVD) and Eastern Body, Western Mind: Psychology and the Chakra System as a Path to the Self.

RAINBOW BODY

A History of the Western Chakra System from Blavatsky to Brennan by Kurt Leland $38.95, paper. Nicolas Hays. 400 pages, tables & b/w illustrations

If you’ve ever had questions about the inconsistencies between chakra systems or

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

wondered where the names, colours, locations, and other associations came from— you’ll find the answers here, along with 24 tables and 28 blackand-white illustrations showing how the Western chakra system developed from the mid19th through the 20th century, many from rare and forgotten sources. Based on the teachings of Indian Tantra, the chakras have been used for centuries as focal points for healing, meditation, and achieving a gamut of physical, emotional, and spiritual benefits, from improved health to ultimate enlightenment. Contemporary yoga teachers, energy healers, psychics, and self-help devotees think of the chakra system as thousands of years old. Yet the most common version in use in the West today came together as recently as 1977. Never before has the story been told of how the Western chakra system developed from its roots in Indian Tantra, through Blavatsky to Leadbeater, Steiner to Alice Bailey, Jung to Joseph Campbell, Ramakrishna to Aurobindo, and Esalen to Shirley MacLaine and Barbara Brennan. Also by Kurt Leland is Invisible Worlds.

THE COMPLETE BOOK OF ESSENTIAL OILS AND AROMATHERAPY Over 800 Natural, Nontoxic, and Fragrant Recipes to Create Health, Beauty, and Safe Home and Work Environments by Valerie Ann Worwood $35.95, paper. New World Library. 642 pages, 8x10

A great resource for anyone interested in alternative approaches to healing and lifestyle, this book contains more than 800 easy-to-follow recipes for essential oil treatments. Now, completely revised and expanded in this 25th anniversary edition, the best book on the topic available anywhere just got better. No one has provided more thorough and accurate guidance to the home practitioner or professional than Valerie Ann Worwood. In her clear and positive voice, Worwood offers readers tools to address a huge variety of health issues, including specific advice for children, women, men, and seniors, as well as self defense against microbes and contaminants, dealing with emotions, care for the home and workplace, and specialist advice for athletes, dancers, travelers, cooks, gardeners, and animal lovers. Worwood offers us her expertise in the use of essential oils in beauty and spa treatments, as well as providing profiles for 125 essential oils, 37 carrier oils, and much more. Since the first publication of the book 25 years ago, the positive impact of essential oil use has become increasingly recognized. We have been given a huge gift from Mother Nature, and essential oils are something we can feel confident about using if we treat them with the respect they deserve… Scientists in labs all over the world are discovering that when they compare the effects of a complete essential oil to those of its main chemical constituents, the essential oils come out on top. They might smell sweet and lovely, but they’re potent and work very hard, too.

This encyclopedic book contains, in prac-


F

HERBS, MASSAGE & MOVEMENT

New Herbal Guides

Welcome to the modern kitchen—where the health, wellness, and psychotherapeutic benefits of one sacred plant can be harnessed with simple adherence to the wisdom of the culinary arts. With the right cannabis ingredients, culinary knowledge, and skill, any chef can also achieve the plant’s benefits—relaxation for some, serious medicine for others. We are empowered to manifest wellness from our own stovetops. —Jane West, from her foreword

THE EARTHWISE HERBAL REPERTORY The Definitive Practitioner’s Guide by Matthew Wood $28.99, paper. North Atlantic. 448 pages, b/w photos

Internationally known herbalist Matthew Wood takes the guesswork out of the application of medicinal plants and provides an invaluable cross-reference of constitutional types, energetic categories, and specific symptoms that helps the herbalist narrow down the number of possible remedies for a specific condition. Unlike many reference books in which medicinal plants are defined simply by condition or disease name, this book contains tools to differentiate between remedies and analyze each case in a holistic fashion. While this system of cross-referencing is well known to homeopaths, it is less frequently used by herbalists; The Earthwise Herbal Repertory seeks to bridge the gap between different systems, incorporating knowledge from ancient Greek and traditional Native American medicine, nineteenth-century botanical medicine, homeopathy, and modern biomedical research. This definitive repertory proves useful for homeopaths and herbalists, professionals and home practitioners alike. “Matthew Wood’s style of herbalism is deeply important to the modern world. He reminds us of the deeper intricate and energetic workings of plants. If I want to truly get to the heart of a plant, I read up on what he has to say.” Jonathan Keyes, acupuncturist, author of Guide to Natural Health “Matthew Wood’s writing leaves me simultaneously pondering, blown away, inspired, and a bit giddy. Few people have the ability to pull in and weave together as many different strands of herbalism into such a beautiful tapestry. I’m deeply grateful to live in a world with his perspective.” —Jim McDonald, herbalist

Contributors to this Collection include Leslie Cerier, Mike DeLao, Scott Durrah, Joey Galeano, Rowan Lehrman, Andie Leon, Catjia Redfern, Herb Seidel, Donna Shields, Grace Gutierrez, Lucienne Bercow Lazarus, Emily Sloat, Rabib Rafiq and Chris Kilham. Learning to cook with and share cannabis is a great gift—empowering, enlightening, elevating—and one that must be shared. The chefs encouraged me to compile their wisdom and recipes in this cookbook because they’ve seen cannabis work miracles on themselves and others, and they’re doing everything they can to ensure that everyone who wants them has these tools.

Bodywork & Movement HEALING MASSAGE

THE MODERN HERBAL DISPENSATORY

An A-Z Guide for More Than Forty Medical Conditions: For Professional and Home Use by Maureen Abson

A Medicine-Making Guide by Thomas Easley & Stephen Horne $33.00, paper. North Atlantic. 250 pages, 7x9, colour photos

$38.95, paper. North Atlantic. 262 pages, 8x11, colour photos throughout

This comprehensive, full-color guide provides detailed, easy-to-follow instructions for making and using approximately 250 herbal medicines at home, including practical tips and numerous effective formulas developed and tested by the authors, both expert herbalists with years of experience. Readers who appreciate the health-giving properties of herbal medicines but are discouraged by the high price of commercial products can now make their own preparations for a fraction of the cost. The authors tell you everything you need to know about harvesting, preparing, and administering herbs in many different forms, including fresh, bulk dried herbs, capsules, extracts in water, alcohol, glycerin, vinegar and oil, and even preparations like essential oils and flower essences. The book also covers topical applications of herbs as salves, lotions, poultices, tooth powders, ear drops, and more, and includes an extensive chapter on herbal hydrotherapy. The Modern Herbal Dispensary explains why different preparations of the same herb will obtain better results, demonstrating how capsules, teas, tinctures, or glycerites of the same plant will not have exactly the same effect on the body. Leading herbalists Thomas Easley and Steven Horne have tested and proven the herbal formulas they offer, along with suggestions for treating more than one hundred illnesses. They lay out the principles of herbal formulation and also provide instructions on how to prepare single herbs, a procedure that has been largely ignored in other references. More comprehensive than any other guide, thoroughly researched, beautifully illustrated, and presented with ease of use in mind, this book will take its place as the premier reference for those who want to produce all the herbal remedies they need, and to save money in the process. tical and readily understood form, every conceivable use for essential oils and aromatherapy in everyday life. Includes complete charts of all essential oils and their uses, a resource guide, and directions for aromassage.

THE CANNABIS KITCHEN HANDBOOK Feel-Good Food for Home Cooks by Robyn Griggs Lawrence $33.50, cloth. Skyhorse. 320 pages, 8x10, colour photos

This upscale cookbook for enthusiasts of all skill levels approaches cannabis as an ingredient to explore. Cannabis-infused food is an evolving art and science. In The Cannabis Kitchen Cookbook, chefs in the know from Amherst to Anaheim share their secrets for infusing everything from oil and agave to soups and cocktails with this once taboo ingredient now being employed as a super-food. Covering every meal from brunch to latenight cocktails and snacks, The Cannabis Kitchen Cookbook approaches cannabis as yet

another fine ingredient to be studied and savored, like a great wine, a premium cigar, gourmet chocolate, or single malt scotch. With more than one hundred fully tested recipes from experienced professional chefs, The Cannabis Kitchen Cookbook guides readers through the process of making fresh, tasty, and healthy home-cooked meals using cannabis as the main additive. The cookbook also provides step-by-step instructions on preparing cannabis for use in the kitchen as well as advice on personalizing dosage for different needs and tastes. Tips for trimming, processing, storing, and preserving cannabis are included along with a “buyer’s guide” that sheds light on the many varieties of cannabis flavor profiles, showcasing strains based not only on feel-good levels, but more importantly, taste-good levels. BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

18

This practical, detailed, and accessible guide to using massage to treat a range of medical conditions will educate and empower both massage practitioners and non-professionals who want to safely and effectively make a difference in the well-being of a friend or family member. Chapters are conveniently organized alphabetically, so that the reader can easily find helpful treatments for more than 40 medical conditions such as asthma, cancer, frozen shoulder, and plantar fasciitis. Bringing together Eastern and Western understandings of the body, health, and wellness, this user-friendly sourcebook defines and details each of the conditions, any contraindications to massage, and massage protocols and instructions, including how often treatment should be administered. Healing Massage can make treatment and pain relief both available and affordable to those who might not have access to expensive professional treatment. It can also provide substantial and detailed information to practitioners not familiar with a specific condition. Written by a leading massage practitioner and international teacher, this book will be a will be an essential reference in the office or at home. If clients are struggling to breathe in a deep and relaxed way ask them to place one hand on their belly and one on their chest and to breathe so that the hand on the belly comes up more than the hand on the chest. This may feel odd to begin with but it is a natural way to breathe—watch a baby or young child breathing and you will see this happen very naturally. Deep breathing will also slow breathing down; if your client is anxious or stressed this focus on breathing will start the relaxation process… Massage will help flush out both natural and chemical toxins from the body, but this process must be accompanied by hydration to allow the body to do its job.

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

THE MELT METHOD

A Breakthrough Self-Treatment System to Eliminate Chronic Pain, Erase the Signs of Aging, and Feel Fantastic in Just 10 Minutes a Day! by Sue Hitzmann $23.99, paper. HarperCollins. 296 pages, 7x9, b/w photos

In The MELT Method, therapist Sue Hitzmann offers a breakthrough self-treatment system to combat chronic pain and erase the effects of aging and active living—in as little as ten moving minutes a day. With a focus on the body’s connective tissues (fascia, which surrounds all aspects of your body, including your muscles, bones, nerves, and organs) and the role they play in pain, stress, weight gain, and overall health, Hitzmann’s life-changing program features techniques that can be done in your own home. She introduces cutting-edge information and innovative techniques that anyone can use to get out of and stay out of pain. MELT (an acronym for Myofascial Energetic Length Technique) also allows fitness and hands-on health professionals to give their clients tools to encourage proactive self-care. The intelligence of the body deserves our utmost consideration. Our bodies are not the enemy when we are in pain. Our bodies are on our side. Sue’s program aligns with that fact and takes full advantage of the wisdom and subtle communication systems of the body for our own good. The depth of Sue’s MELT Method comes in large part from the fact that it is grounded in her own personal experience of self-healing. Sue is an enthusiastic explorer of her own body, to which she listens attentively. The importance of her work relies on careful attention to the needs of the body and its true structure, anatomy, and physiology. Translating cutting-edge science into a safe, practical, universally accessible application is no simple task, yet in the MELT Method, that’s exactly what Sue has done. —Gil Hedley, creator of “Integral Anatomy”

A nationally known manual therapist and educator, Hitzmann helps her clients—and readers— find relief from pain and suffering by taking advantage of the body’s natural restorative properties. The MELT Method shows you how to eliminate pain, no matter what the cause, and embrace a happier, healthier lifestyle.

FOREVER PAINLESS

Lasting Relief Through Gentle Movement by Miranda Esmonde-White $34.00, cloth. Ballantine. 288 pages, 7x9, b/w photos

The Canadian fitness guru who showed us how to slow--even reverse--aging in Aging Backwards is back with a revolutionary way to cure chronic pain with movement. Our bodies are designed to be painfree through our lives, but to achieve that, we have to move.

In Forever Painless, Miranda Esmonde-White introduces us to a new understanding of how chronic pain begins when our muscles become unbalanced and cause connective tissue problems. Something as common as daily habits or as unexpected as accidents or injuries create


F imbalance, and we compensate by favouring our weaker part, leading to strain on our feet, ankles, knees, hips, shoulders, upper back, lower back, elbows, wrists or neck-and eventually such conditions as arthritis, chronic back pain, plantar fasciitis and fibromyalgia. Hips and knees are especially problematic: surgeons often tell those with chronic hip or knee pain to tough it out and come back in two or three years when the damage is sufficiently severe that only a joint replacement will do. Forever Painless deals with preventing and reversing imbalances so you can live a pain-free life. Forever Painless will teach you a new way of looking at your body, providing neurological and physiological explanations of the causes of most chronic pain and teaching you simple exercises that real people have used to become free of pain and regain mobility. The solution is right under our noses, it’s free, and it doesn’t require drugs or surgery: it’s gentle rebalancing exercises.

More info: essentrics.com.

Food & Nutrition WILD FERMENTATION

The Flavor, Nutrition, and Craft of Live-Culture Foods - Updated and Revised Edition by Sandor Ellix Katz $39.95, paper. Chelsea Green. 296 pages, 7x10, colour photos

For a people hungry for a reconnection to real food, and to the process of life itself, here’s a handson trip through the wild world of fermented and live-culture cuisine, vital foods on the leading edge of the “food as nutrition” movement. Sandor Katz, whom Michael Pollan calls “the Johnny Appleseed of Fermentation,” returns to the iconic book that started it all, but with a fresh perspective, renewed enthusiasm, and expanded wisdom from his travels around the world. This self-described fermentation revivalist is perhaps best known simply as Sandorkraut, which describes his joyful and demystifying approach to making and eating fermented foods, the health benefits of which have helped launch a nutrition-based food revolution. Since its publication in 2003, Wild Fermentation has inspired people to turn their kitchens into food labs: fermenting vegetables into sauerkraut, milk into cheese or yogurt, grains into sourdough bread, and much more. This updated and revised edition, now with full color photos throughout, is sure to introduce a whole new generation to the flavors and health benefits of fermented foods. It features many brand-new recipes—including Strawberry Kvass, African Sorghum Beer, and Infinite Buckwheat Bread—and updates and refines original recipes reflecting the author’s ever-deepening knowledge of global food traditions. For Katz, his gateway to fermentation was sauerkraut. So open this book to find yours, and start a little food revolution right in your own kitchen. Much more than a cookbook, it is a “cultural manifesto” that explores the history and politics of human nutrition. The book is divided into chapters that focus on particular types of food, and Katz provides readers with delicious recipes—some familiar, others ex-

FOOD & NUTRITION

F

New Milks, Clean Soups & Green Smoothies

THE NEW MILKS

100+ Dairy-Free Recipes for Making and Cooking with Soy, Nut, Seed, Grain, and Coconut Milks by Dina Cheney $29.95, paper. Scribner. 162 pages, 7x9, colour photos

The definitive guide to nondairy milks—the first comprehensive cookbook demystifying milk alternatives—here’s how to make and customize all types of vegan milks, with one hundred delicious recipes and handy comparison charts, tips, and guidance for choosing the right dairy-free milks for cooking and baking. Whether you’re paleo, vegan, lactose intolerant, kosher, or just plain adventurous in the kitchen, your non-dairy options now encompass far more than soy, coconut, and almond milks. Consider grain milks, such as oat and amaranth; nut milks, such as cashew and hazelnut; and seed milks, such as sunflower and hemp. Which ones bake the best biscuits? Complement your coffee? Make your mashed pota-

CLEAN SOUPS

Simple, Nourishing Recipes for Health and Vitality by Rebecca Katz & Mat Edelson $29.00, cloth. Ten Speed. 150 pages, 7x9, colour photos

Soup has a unique ability to nourish and heal the body. In Clean Soups, author Rebecca Katz shows you how to use wholesome stocks and soups to naturally detox and stay energized year-round. She also explains the building blocks for creating deliciously balanced soups, such as Moroccan carrot soup, kale soup with coconut and lime, kitchari, congee, cuban black bean soup, shiro miso soup with daikon noodles, Mediterranean fish soup, and many more. With foundational broths, blended soups, and traditional healing soups from various world cuisines, as well as a two-

THE GREEN SMOOTHIE PRESCRIPTION A Complete Guide to Total Health by Victoria Boutenko

$19.99, paper. HarperCollins. 193 pages

Dark, leafy greens contain an astonishing abundance of nurients, with enzymes, antioxidants, and minerals that hold extraordinary benefits for our mind and body. In The Green Smoothie Prescription, raw food pioneer and bestselling author of Green for Life Victoria Boutenko provides a comprehensive guide to the healing capabilities of green smoothies. This easy-to-use and information-packed book features over 150 delicious recipes and an A-to-Z list of the most effective nutrients in battling everything from minor colds and aches and pains to chronic conotic—that are easy to make at home, including vegetable krauts and kimchis; sourdough breads and pancakes; miso and tempeh; beers, wines, and meads; yogurt and cheeses. The recipes provide a veritable smorgasbord of tastes, like homemade tempeh, sauerkraut, and borscht, along with a basic description of yogurt and cheese-making, complete with vegan alternatives. These are the world foodcraft traditions our ancestors knew, and we can re-learn these ingenious ways of biological integrity. The science and art of fermentation is, in fact, the basis of human culture: without culturing, there is no culture. “If you read it carefully, you will find a recipe for gentle social activism that will help you feel you can indeed do something to improve the state of the world.” —Annemarie Colbin, Food and Healing

THE HEALTHY BONES NUTRITION PLAN AND COOKBOOK

How to Prepare and Combine Whole Food to Prevent and Treat Osteoporosis Naturally by Laura Kelly & Helen Bryman Kelly $37.50, paper. Chelsea Green. 288 pages, 7x10, b/w & colour photos

Drugs that claim to prevent or redress bone loss can actually cause bones to crumble and BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

19

toes as creamy as mom’s? The New Milks has the answers. The New Milks is the first bible of milk alternatives, helping you prepare, select, and cook with all varieties. With helpful charts comparing the texture, nutritional content, taste, and best uses for each milk, plus one hundred flavorful recipes, cooking and baking with non-dairy milks has never been easier. The first section of the book provides instructions for making an incredible range of non-dairy milks, followed by suggestions for use. Then, dive into recipes for breakfast, lunch, and dinner; sweets and breads; and smoothies and drinks. Each recipe calls for the ideal type of non-dairy milk, and most list alternates, so you can tweak them for your dietary needs and taste preferences. From Buttermilk Almond Waffles with Warm Berry Agave Sauce, to Mexican Chocolate Pudding, to Avocado-Basil Smoothies, every recipe is dairy-free, all but two are kosher, the vast majority are vegan, and most are gluten-free. day cleanse, Clean Soups shows how one simple bowl can make a huge difference in how you feel. A special section on “soup toppers” includes some wonderful plant-based crunchies, such as parsnip chips, crispy shiitake mushrooms, crunchy kale crumbles, silken nut cream, polenta croutons, and others! “Soup, glorious soup. In this lovely book, Rebecca Katz gives you easy recipes and tips for making nourishing broths (including her famous Magic Mineral Broth), blended soups, healing soups, and a variety of garnishes for them—all colorful, delicious, and guaranteed to please.” —Andrew Weil, author of Eight Weeks to Optimum Health Also by Rebecca Katz, The Cancer-fighting Kitchen. ditions and weight loss. These unique smoothies are the easiest, fastest, and most delicious way to consume the amount of greens necessary to achieve and sustain total health. An essential primer for great health that includes all of the best available scientific data about the benefits of green vegetables. But it’s not just science. There are also delicious recipes, inspiring success stories, and personal anecdotes about my life living on greens. I hope this book will inspire you to include green smoothies in your daily meals. With this, I raise a cup of green soothie to your health!

Among Victoria Boutenko’s other books are 12 Steps to Raw Foods and Raw and Beyond.

break. Calcium supplements, fortified processed food, and pasteurized dairy don’t work because the calcium in them doesn’t reach our bones. More than 60% of North American women take calcium supplements (for which they paid $180 million last year), and the 2014 osteoporosis-related fracture-treatment bill was approximately $19 billion. It’s a grim picture, but The Healthy Bones Nutrition Plan and Cookbook can help. Coauthors Dr. Laura Kelly and Helen Kelly have a firm grasp on the disciplines concerned with bone health, and they show readers a natural, effective, and safe approach to conserve bone mass and build healthy bones by eating the right foods in the right combinations. Helen and Laura are mother and daughter. When Helen Kelly was diagnosed with osteoporosis, Laura dug into the research on bone metabolism and digestion. She created a unique diet-based approach to building bone health that emphasizes

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

the importance of choosing, preparing, and combining foods properly so that the body can absorb the nutrients they contain. Helen has been following the plan for two years and has stopped her bone loss completely— without taking any pharmaceuticals. The book begins with a primer on bone metabolism and the many factors that can help build strong bones—or lead to bone loss. Laura Kelly helps readers understand the roles of individual vitamins, minerals, and enzymes in bone metabolism, providing a framework so readers can work with their doctors to create personalized plans for skeletal health. The book includes more than 100 bone health recipes ranging from sauces and small plates to soups, salads, and main dishes, plus drinks and desserts. Recipes and meals include and feature bone broths, fermented foods, bone-strengthening herbs, and raw dairy. The authors also explain how to make (or grow) your own base ingredients such as ghee, shitake mushrooms, and everyday sourdough bread. Readers can count on their nutrient plan and these recipes to provide food that helps calcium reach, and potentially strengthen, their bones. Mirror Work


F

COOKING, MIRROR-WORK & OUTRAGEOUS OPENNESS

Vegan-Friendly Cookbooks

Toinette & Gunilla: Inspirations

OH SHE GLOWS EVERY DAY

CAUGHT IN THE ACT

$32.00, paper. Penguin. 333 pages, 8x10, colour photos

$21.50, paper. Monkfish. 192 pages

Quick and Simply Satisfying Plant-Based Recipes by Angela Liddon

Reflections on Being, Knowing and Doing by Toinette Lippe Re-issued with a lovely afterword and Chinese brushwork cover by the author, Caught in the Act is a “walk” with Toinette Lippe, an editor and publisher for decades… who now paints. While her earlier book, Nothing Left Over, “focused on simplifying and paring down, this one is about opening up and exploring.” With wit, a laser-sharp eye for detail, and a sense of the contemplative— Toinette brings us on a journey of awareness so that we perceive how being, knowing, and doing shape our daily existence. Ultimately, Caught in the Act is a journey of surrender. In its pages, we learn to give up the illusion of identifying with the thoughts and activities we call “I”—a vital step on the spiritual path and in the search for an authentic life.

Angela Liddon’s irresistible and foolproof recipes have become the gold standard for plant-based cooking. Her phenomenally popular blog and international bestseller, The Oh She Glows Cookbook, have amassed millions of fans eager for her latest collection of creative and accessible recipes. Now, in this highly anticipated new cookbook, Angela shares wildly delicious recipes that are perfect for busy lifestyles, promising to make plant-based eating convenient every day of the week—including holidays and special occasions! Filled with more than 100 family-friendly recipes everyone will love, like Oh Em Gee Veggie Burgers, Fusilli Lentil-Mushroom Bolognese, Apple Pie Overnight Oats, Mocha Empower Glo Bars, and the Ultimate Flourless Brownies, Oh She Glows Every Day also includes easy-to-make homemade staples; useful information on essential pantry ingredients; tips on making recipes kid-, allergy-, and freezer-friendly; and so much more. There are sections on Smoothies and Smoothie Bowls, Breakfast, Snacks, Salads, Sides and Soups, Entrees, Cookies and Bars, Desserts, and Homemade Staples—it’s great.

Ram Dass came to one of the readings of my first book that I gave in the Bay Area. One of the passages I chose to read was about the importance of the space between one thing and another. Afterward he grinned and said to me, “Watch this space,” the familiar slogan on so many billboards, and I responded with “Mind the gap,” the announcement made on the London Underground trains each time the doors open and people step out onto the platform. However you choose to describe it, it is what is not there that is important.

Finding a solution that works for my family has taken some trial and error, but now that I have a collection of nutritious, easy-to-prepare meals by my side, it’s time to share them, in hopes that you’ll be inspired, too. I’ve perfected the recipes in this book to be sure that if you have children, they’ll love most of these dishes, but really, the recipes in Oh She Glows Every Day are great for anyone with a busy, active lifestyle! And they are definitely all omnivore-approved, so heave no fear if you are new to plant-based cuisine. I have no doubt that you are going to feel energized, happy, and healthy as you cook your way through this book!

“The ability to turn a rigorous, analytical mind back on itself requires a degree of personal honesty that only comes with years of spiritual practice and contemplation. This is what makes her insight so recognizably human and relevant. It takes both humility and courage to first see, and then reveal oneself so forthrightly.” —Nonduality Highlights

ON THE WING

A beautiful go-to cookbook from one of the most beloved food bloggers, Oh She Glows Every Day proves that it’s possible to cook simple, nourishing, and tasty plantbased meals—even on a busy schedule.

Lyrical Moments: A Book of Days by Gunilla Norris, with paintings by Toinette Lippe

$19.99, cloth. Andrews McMeel. 160 pages, colour paintings, ribbon marker

REAL FOOD FOR EVERYONE

Vegan-Friendly Meals for Meat-Lovers, Vegetarians, and Vegans by Ann Gentry

This book can be anything you want it to be—a place to record a special moment in your own words or images, a journal of memories, a perpetual record of birthdays, anniversaries, and other milestones of family and friends, or even simply a book of poetry and inspiration. Gunilla Norris invites you to save and savor the lyrical moments in life by writing them down in the pages of this elegant, artfully designed memory book/journal, with designated spaces provided for each day of the year. On the Wing features Norris’s haikus, poems, and inspirational quotes, and each month showcases one of Toinette Lippe’s beautiful hummingbird paintings—as well as a delicate flower painting at the end of each month. The hummingbirds evoke the sense of a lyrical moment: stationary but alive, hovering, humming with meaning and wonder.

$22.99, paper. Andrews McMeel. 258 pages, 7x9, colour photos

Hollywood’s go-to vegan chef, mom, and founder of Los Angeles’ most popular and hip vegan restaurant Real Food Daily, Ann Gentry shares her secret recipes in Real Food for Everyone. You don’t have to be a vegan to enjoy Real Food for Everyone. Moms, chefs, foodies, and families can all enjoy expanding their cooking repertoire with this book filled with easy to prepare, scrumptious, healthy recipes and tips for the real food pantry. Real Food for Everyone demystifies vegetarian and vegan cooking by offering more than 100 deliciously fresh and simple to prepare recipes, many of which are gluten free, and all of which are satisfying and healthy dishes for everyone to enjoy. In addition, the many useful pantry sections provide information on cooking ingredients that might be unfamiliar. From breakfast favorites such as Sesame-Shiitake Tofu Frittata to simple homemade soups such as Black-Eyed Pea and Red Pepper Soup, and from everyday favorites like Lasagna Rolls to decadent desserts like Chocolate Silk Pie, you’ll find something dependably satisfying and healthy to cook for everyone.

To mark any day is to become conscious of it, to know it as a gift. Each of us has just so many days on this earth. Lyrical moments of awareness can bring us to poignant experiences of animals, plants, people, weather, moving water, and the feelings they evoke in us. As the seasons return year by year, we evolve with them, becoming more fully ourselves. This little book can be used for marking our special days, and also to remember the deep, sweet, ordinary ones. By recalling each day, we bring ourselves into greater belonging, into knowing that we are part of a luminous whole.

With stunning Chinese brush painted hummingbird and flower art adorning thoughtful, beautiful, evocative poetry, On the Wing is as beautiful as it is inspirational. As you fill it in over the years, this book will become a treasured keepsake filled with remembrances of life events and moments in time.

Over the years, I’ve explored the many permutations of a plant-based diet. I spent years as a strict vegan and a macrobiotic, and I experimented with raw foods, food combining, wheat- and gluten-free eating, and other dietary regimes. Today, I know what make me feel best—a mostly vegan diet.

The book is divided into sections on breakfasts, snacks and sandwiches, soups, family-style salads, simple meals, grains and vegetables, and desserts. It’s great! It’s easy to get the protein you need from plant-based foods; protein-rich ingredients include beans, soy products, nuts, and seeds. Sprinkle a handful of toasted nuts or seeds onto your salad, or add tofu or tempeh to a vegetable stir-fry. With enough variety, you’ll find that a plant-based diet will leave you feeling satisfied and energized.

Inspiration & Self-Help MIRROR WORK

21 Days to Heal Your Life by Louise Hay

$14.99, paper. Hay House. 184 pages

Here, beloved healing author Louise Hay offers a simple but powerful threeweek program to help readers learn to love themselves and live a joyous, fulfilling life. Since 1984, Louise Hay’s You Can Heal Your Life has sold over 40 million copies worldwide. Now, in MIRROR WORK: 21 DAYS TO HEAL YOUR LIFE, Louise offers

F

the first book dedicated to her signature practice for personal transformation. The Mirror Principle, one of Louise’s core teachings, holds that our experience of life mirrors our relationship with ourselves; unless we see Louise Hay ourselves as loveable, the world can be a dark and lonely place. Mirror work—looking at oneself in a mirror and repeating positive affirmations—is Louise’s powerful method for learning to love oneself and experience the world as a safe and loving place. Each of the 21 days is organized around a theme, such as monitoring self-talk, overcoming fear, releasing anger, healing relationships, forgiving self and others, receiving prosperity, and living stress-free. BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

20

The daily program involves an exercise in front of the mirror, affirmations, journaling, an inspiring Heart Thought to ponder, and a guided meditation. Packed with practical guidance and support, presented in Louise’s warmly personal words, MIRROR WORK—or Mirror Play, as she likes to call it—is designed to help readers: u Learn a deeper level of self-care u Gain confidence in their own inner guidance system u Develop awareness of their soul gifts u Overcome resistance to change u Boost self-esteem u Cultivate love and compassion in their relationships with self and others. In just three weeks, the reader can firmly establish the practice of Mirror Work as an ongoing vehicle for positive growth and self-care. Doing mirror work is one of the most loving gifts you can give yourself. It takes only a second to say, “Hi, kid,” or “Looking good,” or “Isn’t this fun?” It’s so important to give yourself little positive messages throughout the day. The more you use mirrors for complimenting, approving of and supporting yourself during difficult times, the deeper and more enjoyable your relationship with yourself will become.

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

OUTRAGEOUS OPENNESS Letting the Divine Take the Lead by Tosha Silver

New in Paperback

$21.00, paper. Atria Books. 240 pages

This brilliantly written and wonderfully entertaining book teaches us how to live purposefully and in line with the Force of Love. What if the Divine is constantly igniting roadside flares to get our attention? What if there actually is a Supreme Organizing Principle with an unbridled sense of humour? And what if we each have this ardent inner suitor who’s writing us love letters every day that often go unopened? After twenty-five years spent consulting and advising tens of thousands of people, Tosha Silver realized that almost all of us have similar concerns: How do I stop worrying? How can I feel safe? Why do I feel so alone? And often, Who am I really? For the passionately spiritual and the bemusedly skeptical alike, she created Outrageous


F

INSPIRATION & PSYCHOLOGY fall, we’ve learned how to get ourselves out of it. We need emotional muscles in order to rise up emotionally, just as we need physical muscles in order to rise up physically. And developing those muscles takes work. It is the work of enlightenment, the inner world of the soul.

Mark Nepo’s Heart-Poems

THE ONE LIFE WE’RE GIVEN

Finding the Wisdom That Waits in Your Heart by Mark Nepo $35.00, cloth. Scribner. 300 pages

Instead of allowing ourselves to embrace and learn from our hurt, we’ve come to numb it, medicate it, dismiss it, or otherwise divert our attention so that we never have to face it. In not acknowledging our suffering, we actually prolong it and ultimately limit our personal growth and opportunity for enlightenment. As Marianne makes clear, true healing and transcendence can only come when we finally face our pain and wrestle with what it has to teach us. Written with warm compassion and wisdom, Tears to Triumph offers us a supported, powerful way forward: into and through the pain, to a deeper awareness of our feelings, our lives, and our true selves. “The darkness has no power before the light within your heart. Be patient. Give it time, if it needs time.”

Beloved spiritual teacher, poet, and philosopher Mark Nepo returns to the inspiring short-chapter format of his bestseller, The Book of Awakening, to map an insightful and resilient path for inhabiting the soul by engaging in the world. Mark Nepo has been called a consummate storyteller and an eloquent spiritual teacher. Now, in The One Life We’re Given, Nepo’s personal stories, questions, and meditations take us on a deep and uplifting journey to know our own hearts and enliven our souls. We will explore how hard work and authenticity reveal meaning and ready us for grace. By grace, I mean the unseeable force of life that caries us, the way the wind carries a bird and the sea carries a fish. And so, we will unfold how a single life soars and dives in partnership with the unseeable force of life that carries it. My hope is that, through the threshold this book opens, you will deepen your conversation with life. That through your own path of obstacle and surprise, you will be opened to your gifts and become somewhat freed of all you carry. My hope is that you will begin to discover and experience the particular expression of your own nature.

In order to fully live the one life were given, Nepo writes, we each must affirm how precious this one life is and open ourselves to loving whatever life puts before us. Whether that is suffering, pain, fear or loss, or surprise, beauty, love or wonder, we work to stay in touch with our hearts in order to make sense of our experience. As we learn when to try and when to let go, when to give our all and when to surrender and simply receive, we unfold the moments that reveal meaning and ready us for grace. This is how the heart breaks a path to our soul’s work, leading us to our authenticity, and to how we can be useful to others and the world. By illuminating the art of finding and restoring what matters and by exploring the craft of awakening, The One Life We’re Given affirms our purpose as not just to stay alive but to stay in our aliveness. Among Mark Nepo’s other books are The Endless Practice and Seven Thousand Ways to Listen.

On an internal level, the great religions of the world have always led to miracles. On an external level, they have as often led to violence and destruction. That must change, and will change, as more people come to recognize the mystical truths, the inner gold, that lie within them all. The greatest opportunity for humanity’s survival in the twenty-first century lies not in widening our external horizons, but in deepening our internal ones. That applies to us personally, and it applies to us collectively.

THE WAY UNDER THE WAY

Among Marianne Williamson’s other books are A Year of Miracles and The Law of Divine Compensation.

The Place of True Meeting by Mark Nepo

$30.95, cloth. Sounds True. 304 pages

“The right poem held close to one’s heart can wake like an angel to guide us,” teaches Mark Nepo. With The Way Under the Way, he offers his latest book of poetry and philosophy, bringing readers a collection of 216 inspirational poems and essays to spark insight and renew our sense of connection. The first two books, “Suite for the Living” and “Inhabiting Wonder” (originally published by Bread for the Journey in 2004) bear witness to the messy and magnificent journey of being human. Evolving these works further, Mark integrates nearly 60 new poems into the thematic reach of the material. The Way Under the Way presents a wholly new book, centered on the place of true meeting that is always near, where we chance to discover our shared humanity and common thread of Spirit. For readers everywhere, here is an invitation to deepen our conversation with life, seek what is special in our moments, our relationships--in everything, and remember what matters most. Among Mark Nepo’s other fine books are Inside the Miracle and the bestselling The Book of Awakening. Openness. This delightful book, filled with wisdom and fresh perspectives, helps create a relaxed, trusting openness in the reader to discover answers to life’s big questions as they spontaneously arise. Tosha’s stories are current, humorous, irreverent, and life changing. They’re applicable whether you’re having a medical crisis or a relationship drama. Her advice that “the perfect solution to any problem is already picked, you will be guided to it in the right way at the right time” has helped me and thousands of other metabolize more stress hormones than any medicine I’ve ever prescribed… It’s a juicy, openhearted book, richly woven with fertile stories from Tosha’s former career of thirty years as an astrologer and intuitive… This gal knows how to cut through our crap.—from the foreword by Christiane Northrup, MD

At its heart, Outrageous Openness opens the door to a profound truth: By allowing the Divine to lead the way, we can finally put down the heavy load of hopes, fears, and opinions about how things should be. We learn how to be guided to take the right actions at the right time, and to enjoy the spectacular show that is our life.

Psychology & Dreams MAKE PEACE WITH YOUR MIND

How Mindfulness and Compassion Can Free You from Your Inner Critic by Mark Coleman $21.50, paper. New World Library. 228 pp

TEARS TO TRIUMPH

The Spiritual Journey from Suffering to Enlightenment by Marianne Williamson $31.99, cloth. HarperCollins. 220 pages $36.99, 4 CDs. unabridged

The beloved teacher and bestselling author of A Return to Love and other books, Marianne Williamson argues that our desire to avoid pain is actually detrimental to our lives, disconnecting us from our deepest emotions and preventing true healing and spiritual transcendence. In Tears to Triumph, she argues that we—as a culture and as individuals— have learned to avoid facing pain, and so we avoid our growth. Here she helps us rediscover religious principles for dealing with and transcending our suffering. A life of spiritual triumph is not one in which we never fall into a deep, dark valley; it is one I which, if and when we do BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

21

Many of us are well acquainted with our ‘Inner Critic.’ This is the voice that says “not enough,” “not good enough,” or sometimes “too much.” It’s the voice that makes every step we take subject to criticism. The Inner Critic is inner because it knows our history, our feelings, how we tick. This might make the Inner Critic seem invincible, but it is not. In fact, our disparaging mental voices reflect profound sources of suffering. They didn’t come out of nowhere and they can be addressed/understood/disarmed, not with anger or panic but with compassion and deep understanding. Meditation teacher and wilderness guide Mark Coleman (his previous book is Awake in the Wild) helps readers understand and address their inner voices. Each chapter offers easily digestible insights into what creates, drives, and disarms the Critic, real people’s journeys to inspire and guide, and simple meditations anyone can immediately put into practice to invite, cultivate, and nurture their best, most free, and most fulfilled selves. The book is in 5 parts: u The Critic: The Big Picture u Understanding Self-Judgment u How to Work with the Critic u The Power of Love u Beyond the Critic.

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

Among the many practices (there’s one for each of thirty chapters) are Looking on the Bright Side, Noticing the Critic Everywhere, Recognizing Imposter Syndrome, Not Taking It Personally, Understanding the Origin of the Critic, Replacing Judgment with Discernment, Questioning the Critic’s Views, Fostering Self-Forgiveness, Healing Your Inner Wounds, Not Identifying with Your Judging Thoughts, Finding Humor in the Critic, and Cultivating Self-Kindness. You can approach this book as a map, a guide to exploring the jungles and thickets of the inner world, where your own inner critic resides. In this book you will discover what that critic is, how it manifests, where it comes from, and what strengthens and weakens it. This is a practical manual on how to skillfully and effectively work with it so it no longer causes you so much pain.

At the end there’s The Critic Toolbox: Defending Yourself Against Judgments which “reveals additional strategies for effectively disengaging from the critic’s judgments and reducing their impact on your life. You can develop these skills in a very short time, but they are so helpful you can use them for a lifetime!”

THE FIVE ELEMENTS

Understand Yourself and Enhance Your Relationships with the Wisdom of the World’s Oldest Personality Type System by Dondi Dahlin $23.00, paper. Tarcher. 304 pages, 7x7, b/w illustrations

The Five Elements brings the wisdom of an ancient healing system to the modern reader. Many people today are interested in knowing themselves better, as evidenced by the popularity of personality tests online and in magazines. They want to know the reason behind their responses to situations. In this book, Dondi Dahlin shows us that we are all born with individual rhythms that go beyond the influence of our genes and upbringing. The five elements originated in ancient Chinese medicine over 2,000 years ago--when scholars theorized that the universe is composed of five forces: water, wood, fire, earth, and metal. Understanding these elements helps us stay in balance physically, mentally, spiritually, and emotionally. By explaining the efficacy of wood, the depth of water, the joy of fire, the compassion of earth, and the wisdom of metal, this book helps people understand themselves and form lasting connections to others, answering the age-old question of why we do what we do. The Five Elements can help you figure out people and situations so that you aren’t perplexed by them anymore. The concept will help you be able to talk to people, understand events, have true compassion, and go through life without taking everything so painfully to heart. It gives you a key to being able to accept and let go, rather than be in judgment and hold on. It invites you to be authentic, to connect with others in a way that you may not have experienced before, and to let go of limiting beliefs.

“After several decades of media exposure, what more can be written about Chinese medicine? Plenty. Dondi Dahlin’s incredible book The Five Elements is practical, comprehensive, and authentic—not esoteric, fragmented, or a vestige of New Age Pop Psychology. In other


F

DREAM YOGA

DREAMWORK & DEPTH PSYCHOLOGY for all seasons, it is a book for all reasons.” —Stanley Krippner, coauthor of Personal Mythology Dondi Dahlin is also coauthor, with her mother Donna Eden, of The Little Book of Energy Medicine.

Lucid Dreaming Yoga

Illuminating Your Life Through Lucid Dreaming and the Tibetan Yogas of Sleep by Andrew Holecek $26.95, paper. Sounds True. 324 pages

Lucid dreaming—waking up and becoming fully conscious in your dreams—has intrigued many of us seeking to explore our vast inner worlds. Yet for many, “getting lucid” for the first time can be elusive. And for those who have, there are few resources that show us how to use this extraordinary state for the greater goal of awakening to all of reality, day or night. With Dream Yoga, Andrew Holecek brings us a practical guide for meditators, seasoned dream travelers wanting to go deeper, and total beginners eager to experience lucidity for the first time. Here, you’ll join this expert teacher of dream work and meditation to learn: u How to awaken in your dreams naturally by using modern scientific principles with the insights and practices of Tibetan dream and sleep yoga u Proven guidance to overcome common obstacles, enhance dream recall, focus and amplify awareness while dreaming, work with nightmares safely, resolve emotional blockages, and glean wisdom from your dreams u A wealth of practices and tips that have helped thousands enjoy successful dreamtime exploration u Essential Buddhist teachings and tools for navigating the many realms of sleep (dreaming is just one of them) u Direct insights into the continuation of consciousness beyond the physical body and death u How to bring your skills together to engage with the hundreds of thousands of dream opportunities that most of us forget or dismiss Have you ever wondered what happens when you sleep and dream? Desired to wake up in your dreams and have the time of your life? Or wanted to use your sleep hours to fully explore these dimensions, heal, and evolve? Dream Yoga answers these questions— not academically but directly—by showing you how to access this profound universe for yourself. “Don’t miss your opportunity realize some of the very deepest and highest of all human potentials, from a real master of these realms.” —Ken Wilber, author of Integral Meditation Andrew Holecek is also author of The Power and the Pain: Transforming Spiritual Hardship into Joy and Preparing to Die: Practical Advice and Spiritual Wisdom from the Tibetan Buddhist Tradition. For more information, visit andrewholecek.com. words, not only is The Five Elements a book

DREAMING WIDE AWAKE

Lucid Dreaming, Shamanic Healing, and Psychedelics by David Jay Brown $23.95, paper. Inner Traditions. 404 pages, b/w photos

In a lucid dream, you awaken within your dream and realize you are dreaming. With this extraordinary sense of awakening comes a clear perception of the continuity of self between waking and sleeping and the ability to significantly influence what happens within the dream, giving you the opportunity to genuinely experience anything without physical or social consequences. In this way, lucid dreaming offers therapeutic opportunities for fantasy fulfillment, fear confrontation, and releasing the trauma of past experiences. With development and practice, lucid dreaming can provide a powerful path to greater awareness, heightened creativity, spiritual awakening, and communication with the vast interconnected web of cosmic consciousness. In this detailed guide to mastering the practice of lucid dreaming, David Jay Brown draws from his more than 20 years experience using these techniques and his interactions with dozens of experts on consciousness, physics, dreaming, and entheogens, such as Stanley Krippner, Rupert Sheldrake, Stephen LaBerge, Robert Waggoner, Dean Radin, Terence McKenna, and many others. He explores the intimate relationship between lucid dreaming, shamanic journeying, visionary plants, and psychedelic drugs and how they are used for healing and spiritual development. Offering methods for improving both lucid dreaming and shamanic journeying abilities, he explains how to enhance dreaming with oneirogens, supplements, herbs, and psychedelics and offers techniques for developing superpowers in the dream realm. Summarizing the scientific research on lucid dreaming, Brown explores the ability of lucid dreamers to communicate with people in the waking realm and the potential for dream telepathy, shared lucid dreaming, and access to the vast unconscious regions of our minds, opening up a path that takes us beyond dreaming and waking to dreaming wide awake. Dreaming with an open third eye can lead to some of the happiest and most profound states of consciousness that a human being can experience, and this can help to improve our individual lives and the world. Waking up in our dreams can be more enchanting than any fairy tale, more liberating than any social or scientific revolution, and more fun than any earthly adventure.

PATHWAYS TO POSSIBILITY

Transforming Our Relationship with Ourselves, Each Other, and the World by Rosamund Stone Zander $35.00, cloth. Viking. 252 pages

In this powerful and inspiring book, family systems therapist and executive coach Rosamund Stone Zander invites readers to shed the childhood stories that hold us back, and enter a realm of true maturity and fulfillment, where limitless growth becomes possible. As children, we develop stories about how the world works, most of which get improved upon and amended over time. But some do not, even as we mature in other ways. Opinionated, self-centered and fear-driven, these child stories are the source of the behavioral and emotional patterns that hold us back. When we learn to identify and rewrite these stories, we can do remarkable, even magical things. Zander shows us that life is a story we tell ourselves, and that we have the power to change that story. She illuminates how breaking old patterns and telling a new story can transform not just our own lives, but also our relationships with others—whether in a marriage, a classroom, or a business. Finally, she demonstrates how, with this new understanding of ourselves and our place within an interconnected world, we can take powerful action in the collective interest, and gain a sense of deep connection to the universe. Having rewritten our own stories in an adult voice, we avoid the common trap of being advice givers (at best) and meddlers (at worst) and we become natural agents for their transformation. We learn to connect with others on an energetic level that creates a synergy for realizing our collective dreams… The final section of the book presents a series of “games” that will usher the reader into this new territory of possibility and connection. These belong to the category author/philosopher James Carse dubbed “infinite games,” open-ended engagements with no winners or losers; games that offer only the joyousness of play. The promise of this section is great: if we engage fully, we are likely to discover facets of reality we have never before experienced, and become occasional conduits for rare moments of perfect attunement with life.

This galvanizing book expands our notions of “how much we can grow and change, whether we can change others and even affect the world at large, and how much freedom and joy we can experience.” Stimulating and profound, it is the perfect companion to her beloved first book, The Art of Possibility.

And it can happen to you tonight…

“,,,a brilliant synthesis of current research, ancient and indigenous wisdom, and extensive personal experience… a sophisticated synthesis for exploring difficult to access realms of consciousness… a splendid, well-written, revelatory, yet pragmatic look at the dreaming mind.” —James Fadiman, author of The Psychedelic Explorer’s Guide

BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

22

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

Jungian & Archetypal Psychology ARCHETYPAL REFLECTIONS

Insights and Ideas from Jungian Psychology by Keiron Le Grice

$33.50, paper. Muswell Hill. 250 pages

Here are eflections on Jung’s theories of archetypes, the unconscious, individuation, and synchronicity, and their significance for contemporary spirituality, psychological development, and the modern worldview. In this book, Keiron Le Grice shares his expertise and experience in the field of depth psychology. Adapted from his teaching in the Jungian and Archetypal Studies program at Pacifica Graduate Institute, California, Archetypal Reflections provides concise analyses and explanations on a wide range of topics, focusing on the work of C. G. Jung and other influential figures such as Nietzsche, Freud, Campbell, and Hillman. Skillfully illuminating Jung’s theories of archetypes, individuation, the Self, and synchronicity, Le Grice also explores a number of topics of critical significance for the spiritual challenge of our time, such as the role of the unconscious and myth in modern culture, the evolution of consciousness and civilization, the quest for spiritual meaning in a secular age, and the intersection of depth psychology and the new sciences. The primary concern throughout is the capacity of depth psychology to inform and transform our worldview, addressing the question of how we might find greater meaning and spiritual fulfillment in life. Le Grice aims to show how Jungian ideas might provide a source of deep wisdom to inform the inner journey and help us to better understand our place in the larger scheme of things. Also by Le Grice are The Archetypal Cosmos and The Rebirth of the Hero.

A PERSONAL SPIRITUALITY Finding Your Own Way to a Meaningful Life by Thomas Moore

New on CD

$94.00, 6 CDs. Sounds True. 7 hours

Here the author of Care of the Soul and many other books speaks eloquently on Spiritual Practice Beyond Institutional Religion and Secularism. As much as science tries to answer all our questions and technology tries to make life easier, there is always a part of us that hungers for something greater. “We have a soul that needs meaning and purpose, as much as the body needs food and water,” says Thomas Moore. With A Personal Spirituality, this respected teacher presents a guide for cultivating your own practice and faith—not based on laws etched in rigid tradition, but on your inner yearning for wisdom and truth.


F

J U N G , M Y T H & “I N T H E S P I R I T”

The gift of spirituality is not to provide an escape from the world. Its power is to take us so deep into the wonder of everyday life that we are fully absorbed, motivated, and inspired.

In these sessions, he reveals key steps for developing a deeply engaged practice that arises from your unique perspective and gifts. Here he illuminates the sacred aspect of relationships and sexuality; examines the shadow side of both spirituality and secularism; offers guidance for relating to the timeless wisdom of religious traditions; and reveals how beauty, art, and deep intuition can serve as your greatest guides and teachers. I believe many of us are shifting toward a more intense, substantive spirituality. In this time of unprecedented connection, we have the opportunity to make a better spiritual life than we did before.

A Personal Spirituality is a powerful call to find a spiritual path that honors both your rational intelligence and the imperatives of your soul.

COLOR ME JUNG

25 Original Mandalas to Color edited by Daryl Sharp $24.95, paper. Inner City. 64 pages, 8x11, b/w illustrations

The Sanskrit word mandala means “whole circle” in the ordinary sense of the word. In the sphere of depth psychology, it refers to a sacred protective image, often a squared circle, or vice versa, enclosing many intricate, symmetrical forms. Mandalas have been created by all peoples everywhere at all times. They are “cosmograms”—images of an individual’s psychic reality, a snapshot of where one is at that moment—how they relate to themselves and the world around them. The eminent Swiss psychiatrist C. G. Jung, after extensive research, discerned that mandalas are a traditional antidote for chaotic states of mind. Thus he encouraged his patients to draw, paint or dance mandalas when they were depressed or beset with conflicting desires. In short, mandalas are images that help to heal the split or distressed personality, in service of the self-regulation of the psyche. There is no need to be a skilled artist. Whether it is approached as meditation, sensation, reflection, or just playful activity, the act of using color and image to amplify the connection with the unconscious is an invitation to enrich one’s personal life. You can incorporate it into a ritual; use your favorite music; dance it; frame it—or simply use it as an instant portable entry to a different mode of being. This coloring book is an invitation to play and create. It is an extension of Inner City Books’ mandate to promote Jung’s ideas. We wish you the joy of disappearing into these pages. Who knows what you will find in here, and in yourself? In this collection, Ontario artist David Rankine provides 25 black and white images ready to be colored with whatever medium comes to hand. The result will be attractive, but their real power lies in the doing of them and subsequent meditation on their personal significance in terms of soul and psychic wholeness. They are essentially a spiritual practice with the purpose of being psychologically alert and present to oneself.

Mythic Mappings THE WIZARD OF US

Transformational Lessons from Oz by Jean Houston

New in Paperback

$18.99, paper. Beyond Words. 224 pages

In The Wizard of Us, evocateur of Social Artistry and elder mythic “mapper” Jean Houston takes us “under the hood” to discover the powerful, unique skills and qualities of “Dorothy,” “the Wizard,” and the other archetypes of mind, heart, and courage that live within and through each of us. With specific, easy-

THE GENIUS MYTH

to-follow exercises and incredible “aha” insights, you’ll begin to expand your thinking, open your heart, and build the courage to truly connect with your own Hero’s Journey. This thoughtful, layered guide offers new understanding of the human condition, the importance of myth, and the critical nature of our role and how we can participate in the creation of a better world. “The Wizard not only calls us forth but he has called forth the journey itself.” The Wizard of Oz is a mythic tale especially appropriate in our present time as we move into a planetary culture. There is a world mind that is rising. By that, I mean that nations can no longer afford to be islands unto themselves. The days of isolation and domination are over. We are all connected... In these chapters we identify the

F

semiotics, or symbols, of the universal myth within. By doing so, we begin to live deliberate lives that actively connect the codes and symbols of our shared mythic story to our increased understanding of our connection to, and within, the world that now requires this shift from us.

Through interpreting the deeper messages within The Wizard of Oz, visionary leader and teacher Jean Houston leads you along the Hero’s Journey that awaits each of us. On this profound adventure of self-discovery, Houston’s lessons propel you into greater self-understanding and a connection to the larger world story as you explore Oz like never before. “In one important area Jean Houston betters Joseph Campbell—she makes myth livable. The practical side of this book lies in the Process sections of The Wizard of Us. To be the author of our own story, we have to get to work.” —Deepak Chopra, from his foreword

Michael Meade meets Martin Shaw

by Michael Meade

$26.95, paper. Mosaic. 249 pages

Michael Meade is a street-smart storyteller, drummer, mythologist and mentor of many. His newest book, The Genius Myth delivers potent medicine. Genius points to something deeply ingrained, markedly original, and ultimately transcendent in human nature. Although widely accepted in traditional cultures, the idea that genius is an original spirit residing in each soul causes problems in modern societies based upon objectivity, rationality, and scientific methods. Modern people tend to talk about things that are useful to them without realizing that the most useful thing in the world is to know who you are at the core of your life and what you are intended to serve in this world.

Each person born participates in the genius of life and the world at this time is in great need of an awakening of the genius qualities hidden in each of us. In this view genius refers, not to measurable intelligence, but to the essential “uniqueness” of each person and the gifts and talents that form the core of their inner life. The presence of genius marks each person, regardless of age, gender orientation, ethnicity or social status as being essentially distinct and automatically valuable.

SCATTERLINGS

Getting Claimed in the Age of Amnesia by Martin Shaw $27.50, paper. White Cloud. 254 pages

In Scatterlings, Martin Shaw walks the myth-lines of seven stories based in and around his homeland of Dartmoor, England. Rather than the commentaries on such tales being primarily balanced against other literary sources, Shaw uses what actually occurs on these walks as the main source of information on the tales. The swoop of raven, the swamp, the thinking that moves through him, all form a knot of relationship between the land and the story. As he walks he tells the story of the place back to itself. This is a highly unusual move for a mythologist, an aspiration to use speech as form of animistic relationship, of binding, of praise to a place. In a time of rapid migrations and climatic movement, Shaw asks: how could we be not just from a place but of a place? When did we trade shelter for comfort? What was the cost of that trade? What are the stories the west tells itself in private? Scatterlings also takes us on a wander through the wild edges of British culture, a story of secret histories: from the ancient storytelling of the bardic schools to medieval dream poetry, from

The Heart of Religion CONVERSATIONS IN THE SPIRIT

Lex Hixon’s WBAI “In the Spirit” Interviews: A Chronicle of the Seventies Spiritual Revolution edited by Sheila Hixon

$26.95, paper. Monkfish. 360 pages, b/w photos

Armed with a generous heart, subtle mind, and a PhD in comparative religion, Lex Hixon, as host for WBAI’s In the Spirit was able to interview and skillfully probe the leading spiritual lights of the seventies. Roughly 25 of those interviews, thoughtfully and cleanly BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

23

In a rapidly changing world faced with seemingly impossible problems, it becomes important to understand that each person has something to contribute to the solutions. Rather than the need to heroically save the world, the real work of humanity at this time may be to awaken the unique spark and inner resiliency of genius within each person.

Both timely and timeless, this book is essential for anyone who seeks to awaken their own genius and learn how it can help heal nature and reimagine culture. This book will help young people hoping to find a meaningful way in the world and adults wanting to dwell more deeply in life. It offers essential ideas for parents and teachers, counselors and mentors seeking to encourage and support those they teach and care about. The Genius Myth is essential reading for anyone searching for a true orientation in the midst of a world gone wrong. The culmination of decades of work with at-risk youth and atrisk people, Michael Meade’s book about the genius myth as well as associated events and workshops combine dramatic real life experiences with compelling mythic tales and a profound exploration of the wisdom of genius. Also by Michael Meade are The Water of Life, Why the World Doesn’t End and many fine audio CD recordings, such as Holding the Thread of Life and Fate and Destiny. the cunning man to animal call words, to Arabian and steppe Iranian influence on English dialect. Through its astonishing journey, Shaw reveals to us that when you gaze deep enough into the local you find the nomad, and when you look deep enough into the nomad you find the local. Scatterlings is a rebel keen, a rising up, to bend your head to the stories and place that claim you. “In Scatterlings Shaw casts off the domesticated language with which we have been inundated since our birth and something wild, ancient, intelligent, and incredibly strong enters his words. And as those meaning-filled words penetrate us, deeply sleeping parts of the self begin to awaken. We see again with luminous eyes, hear again the shimmer of Earth in language; a portal opens and the power of out there begins moving through the in here. A wild light begins to gleam in our eyes, our hair grows long, our language begins to shift, and in some inexplicable way, as humans long ago understood we could, we begin to become old growth ourselves.” – Stephen Harrod Buhner, author of Plant Intelligence and the Imaginal Realm Also by Martin Shaw is The Snowy Tower: Parzival and the Wet, Black Branch of Language. edited by Sheila Hixon, widow of host Lex Hixon, appear here for the first time in print. Included are short bios and photos. The book documents the unprecedented arrival of eastern spiritual teachers in North America during

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

the 1970s and shows how and why they influenced the culture at large in such profound ways. If yoga studios are nowadays as prolific as Starbucks coffee shops, much is owed not only to the seventies as a decade, but also to the work of Lex Hixon via his WBAI program In the Spirit who did as much as anyone to broadcast the spiritual revolution that was already well underway. Finely edited for maximum readability and spiritual impact, these interviews are the next best thing to in person teachings from beloved spiritual teachers. Conversations in the Spirit, a record of roughly a decade in North American spiri-


F

SPIRITUAL

tual history, will of be of great interest to historical and cultural researchers and of some heartfelt value for the followers of many of the still living teachers including Ram Dass, Bernie Glassman, Daniel Berrigan, and Brother David Steindl-Rast. Prominent interviews include: Mother Theresa, Swami Muktananda, Swami Satchidananda, Pir Vilayat Khan, Zalman Schachter, Tarthang Tulku, Kalu Rinpoche, Dudjom Rinpoche, David Spangler, Peter and Eileen Cady, Allen Ginsberg, Stephen Gaskin, Huston Smith, and Alan Watts. “Deeply spiritual, educated in many spiritual traditions, and immersed in all that was new and alive in ‘70s culture, Hixon had hoped to open, with Bernie Glassman, an interfaith center, the House of One People, and serve as its spiritual director; his death from cancer forestalled these plans… It offers a profound and intimate experience of the evolution of religious thought and spiritual growth in America, and a look at how media programming has the potential to serve as an instrument of grace in troubled times.”—Foreword Reviews “A treasure trove of high-end pointers toward the ineffable in theory and practice.”—Publishers Weekly

BELONGING TO GOD

Spirituality, Science & a Universal Path of Divine Love by William Keepin $26.95, paper. Skylight Paths. 246 pages, b/w illustrations

There is a unified call from all religions for the human soul to follow a profound path of love that leads to union with God. Belonging to God examines the commonalities in the scriptures, writings of key mystics and core practices of Christianity, Islam and Hinduism in order to illuminate this clear universal path of divine love. It weaves the common spiritual threads into an elegant theological framework, drawing on recent scientific advances in fractal geometry and quantum physics to emphasize the transforming fire that burns on every level from macrocosm to the microcosm, thereby uniting the human soul with the heart of God. Combining decades of Eastern and Western contemplative practice with scientific research, Belonging to God concludes with twelve principles of divine love that point toward a universal spiritual path of the heart. Because the mind is the primary obstacle to be overcome in spiritual realization, the various products of the mind—ideas, books, paradigms, philosophies, and theologies—however essential, are all potential traps. The key to authentic spiritual life is direct connection to the Spirit deep within the heart—and following this connection precisely and unwaveringly, rather than any outer prescription of formula The truth is written in our hearts, not carved in stone… There is a significant danger in religious life of becoming overly enamored of the scriptures or theologies as inspiration, philosophy, literature, teachings, or whatever—and missing the One Thing most essential: intensive practice that leads to direct, humble connection to the living Spirit.

Easy to comprehend and uplifting to read, this interfaith journey will appeal to seekers of all faiths interested in the path of love that bridges the world religions, as

PATHS

well as to believers within the Christian, Hindu and Islamic traditions who are eager to learn how, at source, their particular faith intersects in a deep way with other religions. Belonging to God will also inspire students of perennial wisdom, comparative mysticism and the new science, and the host of “spiritual but not religious” seekers who yearn for a universal path of divine love that honors— yet transcends—traditional religions.

Meditation THE SCIENCE OF ENLIGHTENMENT How Meditation Works by Shinzen Young

$29.50, cloth. Sounds True. 230 pages

“Enlightenment”—is it a myth or is it real? In every spiritual tradition, inner explorers have discovered that the liberated state is in fact a natural experience, as real as the sensations you are having right now—and that through the investigation of your own thoughts, feelings, and perceptions you can awaken to clear insight and a happiness independent of conditions. For decades, one of the most engaging teachers of our time has illuminated the many dimensions of awakening—but solely at his live retreats and on audio recordings. Now, with The Science of Enlightenment, Shinzen Young brings to readers an uncommonly lucid guide to mindfulness meditation for the first time: how it works and how to use it to enhance your cognitive capacities, your kindness and connection with the world, and the richness of all your experiences. This unique text, adapted from his talks, is probably most relevant to those who have at least some level of ongoing practice and meditative insight As thousands of his students and listeners will confirm, Shinzen is like no other teacher you’ve ever encountered. He merges scientific clarity, a rare grasp of source-language teachings East and West, and a gift for sparking insight through unexpected analogies, illustrations, humor, and firsthand accounts that reveal the inner journey to be as wondrous as any geographical expedition. Join him here to explore: u Universal insights spanning Buddhism, Christian and Jewish mysticism, shamanism, the yogas of India, and many other paths u How to begin and navigate your own meditation practice u Concentration, clarity, and equanimity— the core catalysts of awakening u Impermanence—its many aspects and how to work with them u Experiencing the “wave” and “particle” natures of self u Purification and clarification—how we digest mental blockages and habits through inner work u Emerging neuroscience research, the future of enlightenment, and much more  For meditators of all levels and beliefs— especially those who think they’ve heard it all—this many-faceted gem will be sure to surprise, provoke, illuminate, and inspire. Shinzen the hard-nosed researcher and Shinzen the poetic dharma teacher get along just fine. After all, they’re both just waves. Particles may bang together. Waves automatically integrate. BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

24

&

MEDITATION

F

Invitations to Meditation

MINDFULNESS FOR BEGINNERS Reclaiming the Present Moment —and Your Life by Jon Kabat-Zinn

$19.95, Book+CD set. Sounds True. 166-page paperback + 74-minute audio-CD

Book & CD New in Paperback

The practice of mindfulness holds the possibility of not just a fleeting sense of contentment, but a true embracing of a deeper unity that envelops and permeates our lives. With Mindfulness for Beginners you are invited to learn how to transform your relationship to the way you think, feel, love, work, and play—and thereby awaken to and embody more completely who you really are. Here, the teacher, scientist, and clinician who first demonstrated the benefits of mindfulness in mainstream Western medicine offers a book that you can use in three unique ways: as a collection of reflections and practices to be opened and explored at random; as an illuminating and engaging start-to-finish read; or as an unfolding “lesson-a-day” primer on mindfulness practice. Anything and everything can become our teacher of the moment, reminding us of the possibility of being fully present: the gentle caress of air on our skin, the play of light, the look on someone`s face, a passing contraction in the body, a fleeting thought in the mind. Anything. Everything. If it is met in awareness.

Beginning and practiced meditators alike will discover in these pages a valuable distillation of the key attitudes and essential practices that Jon Kabat-Zinn has found most useful with his students, including: u Why heartfulness is synonymous with true mindfulness u The value of coming back to our bodies and our senses over and over again u How our thoughts “self-liberate” when touched by awareness u Moving beyond our “story” into direct experience u Stabilizing our attention and presence amidst daily activities u The three poisons that cause suffering—and their antidotes, and more. The prescription for living a more mindful life seems simple enough: return your awareness again and again to whatever is going on. But if you’ve tried it, you know that here is where all the questions and challenges really begin. Mindfulness for Beginners provides welcome answers, insights, and instruction to help us make that shift, moment by moment, into a more spacious, clear, reliable, and loving connection with ourselves and the world. Includes a complete CD with five guided mindfulness meditations by Jon Kabat-Zinn, selected from the audio program that inspired this book. Also by Jon Kabat-Zinn is the classic Wherever You Go, There You Are.

INVITATION TO MEDITATION

how to find peace wherever you are by Howard Cohn $20.95, cloth. Chronicle. 120 pages

Meditation has gained widespread popularity as an effective tool for living peacefully and mindfully in the moment. But what is meditation exactly, and how does it work? Invitation to Meditation provides simple answers in a beginner-friendly format that weaves the experience of meditation directly into the reading—proving just how easy and enjoyable it can be. Imagine feeling calm and content wherever you are. Imagine feeling that your life is so complete—right here, right now—that you do not wish to be anywhere else.

This artfully-designed book features a jacket embellished with gold foil and a spaciously laid-out interior with light illustrations that evoke calm and serenity; while the text presents timeless wisdom that is perfectly suited to modern life. The key organ involved in meditation is the mind. Sometimes known as the thinking muscle, the mind is capable of such miraculous feats—among countless other things, it processes information, houses our memories, and enables us to experience our whole sensory universe—that it’s easy to overlook the fact that we can exercise and train it just as we can many other muscles in the body. In a meditation practice, we train our minds to stay in the present moment. We do this by constantly guiding our attention back to the present moment during a meditation session, and by meditating on a regular basis, be it once a day, once a week, or as often as we choose.

As accessible as it is deeply resonant, Invitation to Meditation is for fans of meditation and newcomers alike, and makes a meaningful gift for anyone interested in exploring the present moment. “Howie’s teachings are at once simple and profound. He points to the nature of the mind itself. Read this book closely, for these words can bring you to the essence of liberation of the heart, and the timeless freedom of spirit that is the birthright of us all. Howie reminds you that what you seek is who you really are.” —Jack Kornfield, from the foreword Howard Cohn is a senior teacher at Spirit Rock Meditation Center in California, as well as founder of Mission Dharma, San Francisco’s popular group meditation event which has been held every week for more than thirty years.

P

resence is what is here when all the effort stops. This presence is what we truly are, under all the noise and clutter. Silence is our essence. Introducing silence into our lives is a profound gesture of self-care, an invitation and an opportunity to spend time with ourselves, to remember ourselves as what we truly are. — Nancy Colier, from The Power of Off: The Mindful Way to Stay Sane in a Virtual World

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017


F

CONTEMPORARY

Western Spiritual Teachers & Teachings DROPPING THE STRUGGLE

SevenWays to Love the Life You Have by Roger Housden $26.50, cloth. New World Library. 135 pp

This short book from teacher and anthologist Roger Housden, Dropping the Struggle, is an antidote to the anxiety and stress of constantly feeling that you have to battle your way toward a life of meaning, love, and personal significance. It offers an alternative view and vocabulary to the language of struggle and competition that is so commonly used in any conversation about career, purpose, intimate relations, and even about spiritual practice. In one line, its message is step back from yourself and lighten up. Each short chapter includes experiential exercises or practices. Struggle happens for all of us, so it must have a place in the scheme of things, but I for one have spent way too much time struggling for what struggle can never accomplish. I believe that you can only fully allow your current experience into your consciousness when, if only for a moment, something in you stops struggling with your experience, stops trying to make it other than what it is.

Woven through with wonderful poems and insights arising through them (“the use of poetry as a wisdom language”), the book offers “seven different way of dropping the struggle and loving the life you already have”: Dropping the Struggle to Be Special Dropping the Struggle for a Perfect Life Dropping the Struggle for Meaning Dropping the Struggle for Love Dropping the Struggle with Time Dropping the Struggle with Change Dropping the Struggle to Know. Each moment presents a paradox, because we can’t do surrender as an act of will. We can’t decide to embrace our experience. But in dropping our struggle we allow the space to open up to a deeper intelligence… Effort is a natural exertion of the personal will toward a specified end. But struggle is an added push that is born of fear. Ultimately, it is born of the fear of not surviving, of dissolving and disappearing, not just as a physical form but as a psychological self. Struggle reinforces the ego’s identity. It is one of the ways the ego asserts its existence… It takes an allowing, in the form of a persistent, deep, and courageous Yes! to life right now… It means being willing to be fully here where we are, wherever we are, however dark or light it happens to be… This is true relaxation; it is what we are here for.

Also by Roger Housden is the bestselling Ten Poems series, which began in 2001 with Ten Poems to Change Your Life and ended with Ten Poems to Say Goodbye in 2012.

WHAT’S IN THE WAY IS THE WAY

A Practical Guide for Waking Up to Life by Mary O’Malley $22.95, paper. Sounds True. 232 pages

Imagine for a moment that all the pressures in your life were off—no problems to fix, no deadlines to meet, no struggles to overcome. Do you feel that sense of spacious relief? It’s not an illusion, teaches Mary O’Malley. It really is possible to live with that profound openness every moment,

SPIRITUAL

TEACHINGS

F

Pir Elias meets Jeff Foster FREE MEDICINE

I recommend reading Free Medicine in small doses—perhaps keep the book on your bedside table, read one or two pieces a night, or just open it at random and read what you find, and then close the book again…

Meditations on Nondual Awakening by Pir Elias Amidon $21.95, paper. Sentient. 142 pages

Free Medicine is a collection of forty intimate meditations written by Sufi teacher Pir Elias Amidon. Whether describing a naked dive into a pond in the middle of the night, or a confrontation with soldiers in a Burmese temple, these meditations can serve as companions for those whose deepest desire is to know first-hand “the good news at the heart of reality.” Human, accessible, and tender, Free Medicine has the power to open us up in ways we never expected. What candle shall we light, on what altar, to this that lights the candle, and is the candle, and the light?

Amidon’s close connection with nature; his compassion for people in distress; his simple, clear observation of the mysteries of life and death; and his calm sense of humor combine in intriguing ways to reveal the uncaused happiness that is our essence.

THE WAY OF REST

$25.50, paper. Sounds True. 332 pages

“Every great adventure is fueled by rest,” teaches Jeff Foster.”And for your journey ahead, you’ll need all of your resources.” The Way of Rest brings readers the latest book from this beloved voice for a new generation of seekers. Here, Jeff writes from a place of keen sensitivity and understanding in order to provide relief for anyone facing the difficulties of loss, failure, or rejection—and offers empowering insights for accessing the untapped inner strengths we all possess. This book is about rediscovering that you are perfect even in your imperfection, and that your pain, confusion, and exhaustion are saturated with intelligence and sacredness.

Whether read as daily inspirations or cover to cover, this treasury of teachings guides us in cultivating vulnerability, finding peace of mind, and celebrating the majesty of the moment. keep

FALLING IN LOVE WITH WHERE YOU ARE

you

A Year of Prose & Poetry on Radically Opening Up to the Pain & Joy of Life by Jeff Foster $23.95, paper. Non Duality. 206 pages

As we open up to life and love and each other, as we awaken from our dream of separation, we encounter not just the bliss of existence, but its pain too; not only life’s ecstasy, but also its agony. Healing doesn’t always feel good or comfortable or even ‘spiritual’, for we are inevitably forced to confront our shadows, fears and deepest longings – those secret parts of ourselves that we have denied, repressed, or deemed ‘negative’ and unworthy of our love. How can we find the calm in the midst of the storm? How can we rest, even as the ground falls? Falling In Love With Where You Are invites you to discover a deep YES to your life, no matter what you are going through; to see crisis as an opportunity to heal, pain as an intelligent messenger, and your imperfections as perfectly placed. Through his prose and poetry, Jeff Foster will guide, provoke, encourage and inspire you and obligations. What’s in the Way Is the Way is the new book from this highly regarded teacher, offering practical guidance for meeting all of our experience with an abiding sense of ease, trust, and peace of mind. The core of our journey together is about opening what has been closed inside of you, so that the energy that has been bound up in your struggling self can be released and you can again know the joy of being fully alive.

This accessible book is divided into 10 phases, featuring inspiring wisdom and stepby-step exercises to heal the core beliefs that BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

25

“Although it comes packaged in different languages, cultures and religions, deep mystical insight spirals around a single heart-core: here is Elias Amidon’s inspired Sufi reflection of that ineffable nondual reality.” —Keith Dowman, author of Natural Perfection, “Reading this book is a wonderful experience, full of brilliant insights, stories, images, lots of free medicine.” —Coleman Barks, The Essential Rumi Also by Elias Amidon is The Open Path: Recognizing Nondual Awareness. He also co-edited the wonderful Earth Prayers and Prayers for a Thousand Years with Elizabeth Roberts. With short, themed chapters can be read in any order at any time, the Way of Rest is a great resource for finding calm, stillness, and sacred moments in our fast-paced world.

Finding the Courage to Hold Everything in Love by Jeff Foster

even while tending to our everyday tasks

We do belong here. We belong together. We belong with the great community of life on earth. We belong in the cosmos, and in the heart of All Being. Our belonging is immanent and self-evident in this moment. Experiencing the immediacy of this revelation is the deepest desire of these writings.

Stop trying to heal yourself, fix yourself, Even awaken yourself. Stop trying to fast-forward the movie of your life. Let go of “letting go.” Healing is not a destination. Be here. Your pain, your sorrow, your doubts, your longings, Your fearful thoughts: they are not mistakes, And they aren’t asking to be “healed.” They are asking to be held. Here, now, lightly, In the loving, healing arms of present awareness…

Jeff Foster shares from his own awakened experience a way out of seeking fulfillment in the future and into the acceptance of “all this, here and now.” A former Cambridge astrophysicist, he lives near Brighton, England. Also by him is The Deepest Acceptance. stuck. With on your lonely, joyful, and sometimes exhausting pathless journey to the Home you never, ever left: the present moment. This is true abundance: Remembering who you really are Prior to time and change These are the unparalleled riches of the universe: A breath The simple feeling of being alive Getting what you wanted Acquiring all the material and spiritual riches of the universe Doesn’t even come close When nothing belongs to you Everything is yours This moment is a strange and unexpected jackpot.

“Even in your glorious imperfection,” Jeff reminds us, “you were always a perfect expression of life, a beloved child of the universe, a complete work of art, unique in all the world...”

each chapter, Mary invites you to come into the present and see yourself and your circumstances in a different way—with openness and curiosity, unclouded by struggle, judgment, and fear. Discover why Eckhart Tolle calls Mary O’Malley’s work “a treasure of practical wisdom and profound insights, all pointing to one essential Truth: how to awaken into present-moment awareness and live in acceptance of what is.” “Buddha said you could look the whole world over and never find anyone more deserving of love than yourself. Mary O’Malley awakens us again and again to the startling wonder of what lies beyond our workable hindrances, the liberation of our luminous nature.” —Stephen Levine, author of A Year to Live “Out of the plentiful garden of books out there on spirituality that get too heady or

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

are not experiential enough to really help people, this rare gem is different. I love how Mary adds just the right combination of explanation and instruction.” —Scott Kiloby, author of The Unfindable Inquiry

THE 4 QUESTIONS

For Henny Penny and Anybody with Stressful Thoughts by Byron Katie $22.00, cloth. Tarcher. 32 pages, 8x8, colour illustrations

Noted author and teacher Byron Katie and award-winning illustrator Hans Wilhelm team up for a modern retelling of the classic folk tale The Sky Is Falling—reimagined through the lens of Byron Katie’s world-famous philosophy for living known as “The Work.” Written for adults and children alike,


F

JESUS, ENLIGHTENMENT & THE AFTERLIFE

in the form of a full-colour, illustrated book, the wisdom contained in this beautiful work can have a profound effect on readers young and old.

radiance within that is available right now —the eternal saving grace through which we realize that we are each sons and daughters of a living God.

Well done, Henny Penny! This anxious little chicken discovered that questioning her fearful thoughts could save lives. Freedom is as simple as asking yourself four simple questions whenever you want to turn your fears around. The Work, which form the basis of this story, is a way to identify and question the thoughts that cause all the fear and unhappiness in your child’s life. It’s a way to find peace in your life as well. The old, the young, the sick, the healthy, the educated, the uneducated—anyone with an open mind can do this Work. —a note from Byron Katie

In Resurrecting Jesus, readers from all walks of life will explore “the transmission of infinite love” that his story represents —and how that love revolutionizes our lives and our world.

ENDLESS ENLIGHTENMENT The View of Totality in the Diamond Approach by A.H. Almaas

New on CD

$94.00, 6 CDs. Sounds True. 7.5 hours

Enlightenment is not a destination—it is a never-ending process of discovery and unfoldment. With Endless Enlightenment, cutting-edge teacher A.H. Almaas presents the latest evolution of his profound teaching, offering what

Dying & Near-Death

Embodying the Spirit of a Revolutionary Mystic by Adyashanti

DYING TO WAKE UP New in Paperback

$22.75, paper. Sounds True. 264 pages

Adyashanti is an American spiritual teacher whose teachings “point us toward what we most yearn for: realizing and embodying the love and awareness that is our natural state.” —Tara Brach The story of Jesus has not waned in its power to change lives. Yet today, even though the majority of us grew up in a culture suffused by the mythos of Jesus, many of us feel disconnected from the essence and vitality of his teachings. With Resurrecting Jesus, Adyashanti presents a bold new book inviting us to rediscover the life and teachings of Jesus as a direct path to what may be the most radical of transformations: spiritual awakening. Jesus crossed all of the boundary lines that separated the people of his time because he viewed the world from the perspective of what unites us, not what divides us. For each of us, our own existence is a very mysterious thing. Simply to be, to exist, is a great mystery. On the surface, we each have a personality, a persona, an ego structure—the way we present ourselves to the world. But inside of us is something quite different… Initially I thought of what was inside in psychological terms. Then, through my study of Zen, I realized that there was a dimension of being that was far beyond what we would think of as our own personal psychology. Finally, when I encountered those Christian mystics, it’s as if they pulled me into a more creative place, toward a meeting place where the story of Jesus came together with the creative power of the unconscious.

In this provocative inquiry, with anecdotes from his own journey, Adyashanti reveals the man known as Jesus as an exemplar of the realized state and a model of enlightened engagement with the world. Tracing the story of Jesus from his birth to the Resurrection, he shows how the key events in Jesus’ life parallel the stages of spiritual awakening and shares the profound implications this represents for modern seekers. Jesus symbolizes the spiritual mystery of each one of us, and points us toward the

A Doctor’s Voyage into the Afterlife and the Wisdom He brought Back by Rajiv Parti, with Paul Perry $32.99, cloth. Atria Books. 222 pages

Before his near-death experience, Dr. Rajiv Parti was a well-to-do man of science, the Chief of Anesthesiology at the Bakersfield Heart Hospital in California. He demanded the same success from his son, whose failures provoked episodes of physical abuse from Dr. Parti. All in all, Dr. Parti was the last man to believe in heaven or hell—that is, until he saw them with his own eyes. When he had his near-death experience on the operating table, he first watched his own operation from the ceiling—even recalling a joke told by his doctors during his surgery. He was greeted by archangels and his deceased father who led him through the tortures of hell and revealed the toxic cycle of violence that has plagued his family for generations. He even reviewed the struggles of his previous lives which, in many ways, reflected those he still faced in the present. Finally, he experienced heaven. From the angels, he learned lessons of spiritual health that they insisted he bring down to earth—to do so, Dr. Parti knew he had to change his ways. After his near-death experience, Dr. Parti awoke a new man. He

GOD AND THE AFTERLIFE

The Groundbreaking New Evidence for God and Near-Death Experiences by Jeffrey Long, with Paul Perry $31.99, cloth. HarperCollins. 209 pages

Based on the largest near-death experience study in history, involving 3,000 people from diverse backgrounds and religious traditions, including nonbelievers, God and the Afterlife presents startling evidence that a Supreme Being exists—and there is amazing consistency about what s/he is like. In his bestselling book Evidence of the Afterlife, Dr. Jeffrey Long showed us that there is a strong scientific case for life after death. Now, he goes further, revealing evidence that God is real. At the Near Death Experience Research Foundation, Dr. Long studied the stories of thousands of people who have journeyed to the afterlife. Though there are a wide variety of differences in how people experience NDEs—some see a bright light, others go through a tunnel, still others experience a review of their

WHAT IF THIS IS HEAVEN?

We as a human race are just at the beginning. We’ve opened the door, but there’s a universe of possible experience ahead.

Join him in discovering how “realization begets realization,” with Endless Enlightenment. Among his 14 books are Runaway Realization and The Power of Divine Eros.

$24.99, cloth. Hay House. 182 pages

Following her near-death experience as shared in her bestseller, Dying to Be Me, Anita Moorjani knows well the truths that exist beyond common knowledge and acceptance. The clarity she has gained has led her to further understand who she was born to be. Part of that truth has involved contemplating the cultural myths infused into our everyday lives. Passed down from generation to generation, these myths are pervasive and influential. From the belief we reap what we sow to the idea we must always be positive, cultural myths are often accepted as truths without questioning. Moorjani asserts it is now time for questioning in order to help us reach our fully informed, authentic selves. Moorjani explores these common myths in their real-world ex-

26

gave away his mansion, quit his career, opened a wellness clinic, and completely turned around his relationships with his family. To this day, he still converses with angels and spreads their wisdom to the living. In this remarkable true story of spiritual transformation, Rajiv Parti provides rare details of heaven, hell, the afterlife, and angels. He shares the lessons and truths from the Divine that changed him.

I have created my own Near-Death Manifesto: seven basic truths that provide guidance and comfort on a daily basis: 1. Consciousness can exist outside the body. 2. There is life after death. 3. We have past lives, and our experience therein can shape our current realities. 4. We are all connected to each other because we are all made of the one and same energy that manifests as differentiated matter. 5. Divine beings exist to help and guide us. 6. There are different levels of consciousness. 7. There is one, all-pervading, supreme love and intelligence that is the source of the entire universe, and that love is the supreme source of creation.

“Dr. Parti’s NDE is powerful, deeply spiritual, and transformative, not just for the man who experienced it, but for the person who reads about it, too.” —Anita Moorjani, author of Dying to Be Me life—he discovered that many of the accounts shared a remarkably similar description of God; a Supreme Being/Source that radiates love and grace. Expanding on his analysis begun in Evidence of the Afterlife, God and the Afterlife is the first intensive exploration of the people who have reported going to the frontier of heaven, met God, and have returned to share their journey. Groundbreaking and profound, it provides new insight into the human experience and expands our notions of mortality, offering possibility, hope, and comfort. I was standing over the doctor watching them work on me. I wasn’t scared, but fascinated… Then I was pulled backwards into a tunnel with a door that opened into a spectacular light. The light was brilliant, but it didn’t hurt! I passed into it, and it glowed with warmth, love, understanding, and knowledge—the knowledge of everything. Everything made sense. Everything was vivid; the colors were brighter and deeper. Everything was tranquil and peaceful when I crossed into the light. —Kristy C.

istence while presenting examples from her own life that reveal the falsehoods beneath the surface. By freeing ourselves from these ubiquitous expectations, we can break open an honest pathway to life as it can be lived in its higher octaves, as ourselves.

How Our Cultural Myths Prevent Us from Experiencing Heaven on Earth by Anita Moorjani

BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

timate destination on the spiritual journey—a final endpoint for delusion and suffering where it all makes perfect sense. But as A. H. Almaas teaches, “the moment we see that the journey has no end, everything changes.” With Endless Enlightenment, you are invited to join the renowned author and creator of the Diamond Approach for a six-session program on the view of totality. In this seven-hour exploration with Sounds True founder Tami Simon, A. H. Almaas describes for the first time on audio a perspective that expands our ability to appreciate the value of each and every spiritual path and practice—and may revolutionize your own.

Near-Death & the Afterlife

Also by Byron Katie is Loving What Is.

RESURRECTING JESUS

he calls the view of totality through more than seven hours of insight and inquiry practice. Listeners join Almaas to explore the paradoxes of spiritual practice, the mystery of emptiness, and the recognition of the indeterminacy of reality that is crucial to living our realization and our freedom. In the early 1990s, A. H. Almaas had a realization he was not expecting—even after years of deep inner awakenings. “I thought it was a personal experience, not a teaching,” he reflects. Now, after two decades of further investigation, A.H. Almaas has concluded that the time is right to share “the view of totality”— what he considers one of the most advanced aspects of his teaching. We often think of enlightenment as the ul-

F

Each chapter will highlight a common myth… Following each chapter is a section called “Living Heaven Here and Now,” in which I’ll suggest some possible truths behind the myth I just explored and outline methods for overcoming some of this conditioning so you can turn the myth around in your own life and finally live from your truth instead.

“So many people have such a fear of death that they are afraid to live life to its fullest measure. Anita Moorjani does a brilliant job of demystifying both life and death by first breaking the spell of our conditioned beliefs and then giving us the practical tools to be reborn in the same life. This book will free your soul and teach you that you don’t have to die to go to heaven.” —Dr. Joe Dispenza, author of You are the Placebo

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017


F

DYING, KINDNESS & CONSCIOUSNESS

AWAKE AT THE BEDSIDE

Contemplative Teachings on Palliative and End-of-Life Care edited by Koshin Paley Ellison & Matt Weingast $23.95, paper. Wisdom Publications. 344 pages, b/w photos

How do we think about death? How do we think about the dying? What’s the current state of palliative and end-of-life health care, and how can we improve it? And how do we give care without becoming emotionally and spiritually depleted? In Awake at the Bedside, pioneers of palliative and endof-life care—as well as doctors, Dharma teachers, chaplains, poets, and caregivers of all kinds—offer insights on these incredibly challenging questions. This book isn’t about dying. It’s about life and what life has to teach us. It’s about caring and what giving care really means. Equal parts instruction manual and spiritual testimony, it includes “specific instructions and personal accounts of some very high-level being and doing at the bedside—to inspire, counsel, and teach. An indispensable resource for anyone involved in hospice work or caregiving of any kind. Contributors include Anyen Rinpoche, Coleman Barks, Bhikkhu Bodhi, Ira Byock, Ajahn Chah, Ram Dass, Issan Dorsey, Norman Fischer, Gil Fronsdal, Joseph Goldstein, Shodo Harada Roshi, Michael Kearney, Elisabeth Kubler-Ross, Stanley Kunitz, Stephen and Ondrea Levine, Judy Lief, Betsy MacGregor, Diane Meier, W. S. Merwin, Naomi Shihab Nye, Frank Ostaseski, Rachel Naomi Remen, Larry Rosenberg, Rumi, Cicely Saunders, Senryu, Derek Walcott, and many others. Put simply, this book is a companion. It hopes to model and encourage and support the deep intimacy that can arise through a mutual willingness to care and be cared for— evidence not only that waking up is possible, but that it is actually happening. The giving and receiving of care that is both a means toward and an expression of waking up. In the end, when there’s nothing left to hold on to—when everything else is being let go of—kindness, compassion, and love are really all that remain. These are the qualities that awaken at the bedside.

“Profoundly moving, inspiring and helpful, Awake at the Bedside is a real treasure.”— Jack Kornfield, author of A Path With Heart “Marvelous. A compilation of essential treasures exploring the face and feeling of utter engagement, compassion, and wisdom in turning toward death and being present with and for people who are dying. Our culture might benefit greatly from this book and its institutional implications for end of life care and for caring, period.” —Jon Kabat-Zinn, author of Wherever You Go, There You Are

Transpersonal Psychology THE POWER OF KINDNESS

The Unexpected Benefits of Leading a Compassionate Life — 10th Anniversary Edition by Piero Ferrucci $20.00, paper. Penguin. 352 pages, flaps

The Power of Kindness is a stirring examination of a simple but profound concept. Pie-

ro Ferrucci, one of the world’s most respected psychologists, explores the many surprising facets of kindness and argues that it is this trait, and this trait alone, which will lead not only to our own individual happiness and the happiness of those around us, but will guide us in a world that has become cold, anxious, difficult, and frightening. Not an ordinary self-help book, The Power of Kindness is instead a blueprint. Being kind, Ferrucci argues, does not mean becoming a human doormat or a cloying handservant. And “Heaven save us from the fakes,” Ferrucci writes—self-interested politeness, calculated generosity, superficial etiquette, and even kindness against one’s will. Instead, kindness is composed of many elements, including qualities not immediately associated with it: flexibility, honesty, a sense of belonging, gratitude, attention, forgiveness, and more. In 18 interlocking chapters, each devoted to a single aspect of kindness, Ferrucci moves seamlessly from tales of myth and legend to personal anecdotes to scientific research and philosophical treatises. He reveals that the kindest people are the most likely to thrive, to enable others to thrive, and to slowly but steadily turn our world away from violence, self-centeredness and narcissism, and toward love. Writing with a rare combination of sensitivity and intellectual depth, Ferrucci shows that, ultimately, kindness is not a luxury in our world, but a necessity for us all. His book offers a lovely reminder of how good, and how easy, it is to be kind. This new edition offers a new chapter on “Harmlessness” plus a substantial new introduction and a reading list: a “Kindness Book Shelf.” “A book after my own heart.” —the Dalai Lama Piero Ferrucci, a psychotherapist and collaborator with Roberto Assagioli, the founder of Psychosynthesis, a school that focuses on spiritual growth and positive qualities such as faith and joy, is also the author of What We May Be.

MODERN CONSCIOUSNESS RESEARCH AND THE UNDERSTANDING OF ART Including the Visionary World of H.R. Giger by Stanislav Grof, with art contributions by HR Giger, Alex Grey, Martina Hoffmann, Robert Venosa, Android Jones, and many more $39.95, paper. MAPS. 200 pages, 12x10, colour illustrations

In 200 spellbinding pages—including over 100 large, full-color illustrations—Modern Consciousness Research and the Understanding of Art takes readers on an enchanting tour of the human psyche and a visual tour of the artwork of H.R. Giger. BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

27

In this book, Grof illuminates themes related to dreams, trauma, sexuality, birth, and death, by applying his penetrating analysis to the work of Giger and other visionary artists. “Dr. Grof’s positive message of universal spirituality hardwired in the brain and unlocked during the mystical psychedelic state should be front page news. With this new book, he shows how visionary artists are transcribing the present World Soul’s birth trauma and by sharing the discoveries of consciousness research he creates a new context for viewing, appreciating, and awakening through visionary art.” — Alex Grey, visionary artist and co-founder of the Chapel of Sacred Mirrors “In this unique illustrated volume, we marvel at the startling correlations between the healer’s insights and the artist’s visions. Both have given powerful expression to the apocalyptic violence and destructiveness seething beneath the surface of 20th century mass-mind mentality. In the recognition of these powerful unconscious processes, there is great hope that humanity may find a way back to a saner and healthier balance.” — Ralph Metzner, author of The Unfolding Self Dr. Grof began his research into the psychotherapeutic uses of LSD in 1960 at the Psychiatric Research Institute in Prague, Czechoslovakia. More than thirty years of work in this field make him eminently qualified to write this book. He is the founding president of the International Transpersonal Association, and has taught and lectured in academic and workshop settings worldwide. Dr. Grof is the author of numerous other books, the latest of which is Psychology of the Future: Lessons from Modern Consciousness Research. Visit Stanislav Grof’s website to learn more about his techniques and latest work.

Entheogens / Psychedelics AYAHUASCA JUNGLE VISIONS A Coloring Book by Alexander George Ward

$17.50, paper. Divine Arts. 50 pages, 8x11, b/w illustrations

Ayahuasca Jungle Visions is a coloring book inspired from the personal experience of artist Alexander Ward on a journey down river from the source of the Amazon River, deeper and deeper into the very heart of the Amazon Jungle, where we discover the greatest abundance of life on this sacred Earth. Uncovering ancient cultures and traditions of tribes that have learned to live in harmony with Mother Nature. Through the coloring of the images and written insights throughout, we will come to see the Jungle as the artist did on his journey, through the eyes of these ancient shamanic cultures, to view nature not as a series of animals and plants but as an interconnected web of life which we are all connected to, offering a vision of humanity in proper relationship to Mother Nature, Pachamama; The great giver of life. Each intricate drawing, ready to be coloured, is accompanied by a brief teaching/ invocation, such as: There are ancient cultures that have kept their ears, hearts, and minds open so they

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

may hear what the plants have to share. They know of plants to heal any ailment. From the root of the Amazon the great life-give of the Planet, the embodiment of the Spirit Pachamama. May we awaken to its infinite beauty, love, and grace.

AYAHUASCA READER

Encounters with the Amazon’s Sacred Vine: New Revised Edition edited by Luis Eduardo Luna & Steven White $35.95, paper. Synergetic Press. 496 pages, 7x9, colour & b/w images

The Ayahuasca Reader is a four-part celebration of a sacred plant-brew native to the Amazon rainforest and which, throughout rainforest history, has been instrumental in allowing medicine men (and others) to leave their bodies behind and travel with their souls. Their experiences and the invaluable information they return with are so impressive that many anthropologists have felt the inclination to question them about these “trips” and the mythologies of their ancestors regarding them. Hence, part one consists of information divulged in such interviews. Part two consists of essays by (or about) the scientists themselves upon experiencing Ayahuasca in ceremonial settings. Part three discusses the use of Ayahuasca as a present day religious sacrament, and finally, in part four, well known celebrities from the literary world discuss their experience of Ayahuasca. As these myths confirm, Ayahuasca has been a means “of reconnecting with the invisible layers of the cosmos” for millennia. Not surprisingly, the myths make for very fascinating reading in and of themselves, and certainly no study of world mythology is complete without them. The additional scientific, religious and literary points of view, then, are all wonderful bonuses. There is a lot at work here: As if the various stories from these disparate groups were not enough, there are depictions of the artwork of the indigenous peoples, photographs of a few of the Ayahuasca practitioners, an oil painting depicting visions induced by the plant, and much more. From the religion section there are hymns aplenty, and from the literary section, as much eloquent prose and spirited poetry as a reader is likely to find in any literary anthology. All of this renders the Ayahuasca Reader the most comprehensive collection ever written on the subject, with essays translated from nearly a dozen languages. Among the many contributors are Wade Davis, Allen Ginsberg, Peter Matthiessen, Dennis McKenna, W.S. Merwin, Michael Harner, Dale Pendell, and Alex Polari de Alverga. And this new edition also features essays from Graham Hancock, Jeremy Narby, Susana Bustos, Michael Winkelman, and others. With its “anthropoliterary” perspective, The Ayahuasca Reader is a must for anyone interested in learning about the fascinating properties, ceremonial culture, and effects of the Amazon’s most sacred “medicine.” Luis Eduardo Luna is also co-author of Ayahuasca Visions.


F

PSYCHEDELICS & SHAMANISM

MYSTERY SCHOOL IN HYPERSPACE

The God Molecule

A Cultural History of DMT by Graham St. John

$25.95, paper. North Atlantic. 304 pages, 4 page color insert

Since the mid-1950s, the psychoactive compound DMT has attracted the attention of experimentalists and prohibitionists, scientists and artists, alchemists and hyperspace emissaries. Until now, the complete story of DMT has remained untold. Mystery School in Hyperspace is the first book to delve into the history of this substance, the discovery of its properties, and the impact it has had on poets, artists, and musicians. DMT has appeared at crucial junctures in countercultural history. It was present at the meeting between Ken Kesey’s Merry Pranksters and Tim Leary’s associates. It guided the inception of the Grateful Dead in 1965. It showed up in Berkeley in the same year, falling into the hands of Terence McKenna, who would eventually become its champion in the post-rave neo-psychedelic movement of the 1990s. Its indole vapor drifted through Portugal’s Boom Festival and has been evident at Nevada’s Burning Man, where DMT has been adopted as spiritual technology supplying shape, color, and depth to a visionary art movement. The growing prev-

THE TOAD OF DAWN

5-MeO-DMT and the Rise of Cosmic Consciousness by Octavio Rettig Hinojosa $25.50, paper. Divine Arts. 170 pages, b/w & colour photos

The Toad of Dawn is the dramatic story of how Dr. Octavio Rettig Hinojosa—a Mexican doctor with a crack cocaine addiction—came to heal himself by employing an ancient ‘treasure’ almost forgotten for centuries: ABufo alvarius (the Sonoran Desert toad, whose dried jism becomes smokable medicine). Under the auspices of the United Nations Venezuela Association, Dr. Rettig has traveled extensively throughout the world and shared 5-MeO-DMT, a secretion of the toad, with over 6000 people, eliminating chemical addictions, depression, anxiety disorders, insomnia, bronchitis, and trauma. Dr. Rettig’s research has convinced him that the medicine of the Sonoran toad— which, under the guidance of an experienced shaman or medicine man, can be harnessed for healing, awakening,

THE GOD MOLECULE

Dr. Gerardo Ruben Sandoval Isaac’s journey is a tragic and reckless yet ecstatic story about personal transformation and the life-changing properties of 5-MeO-DMT, an astounding entheogenic substance. After an initiation into the world of entheogens at the age of 13, Dr. Gerry continues his divine investigations by experiencing LSD, psilocybin mushrooms, and Salvia divinorum, while simultaneously earning a degree in medicine. When events turn dark in his life, he turns to more destructive substances, and becomes addicted to crack cocaine. But after an experience with Sonoran desert toad medicine, which contains 5-MeO-DMT, Dr. Gerry turns his life around. That such a profound gift can come from the secretions of a Sonoran desert toad is one of the great cosmic curiosities of existence. Who would have guessed that a toad might hold the key to the ultimate transformation of human life? Today, Dr. Gerry embraces his mission to share the wonders of 5-MeO-DMT with the

Shamanism & Ritual TALKING STICK

Peacemaking as a Spiritual Path by Stephan Beyer

$19.50, paper. Inner Traditions. 182 pp.

Talking Stick presents an opportunity to establish deeper connections with others. By learning to speak honestly and listen devoutly, we can overcome our culture’s hierarchical and punitive approach to conflict and relate to each other in a sacred manner that is egalitarian, liberating, and transformational. This is the first popular book on “council” and it’s a beauty.

and raising consciousness—has been known and used by high priests of the Mayan, Aztec, Olmec, and other Mesoamerican civilizations. Part autobiography, part introduction to entheogens and visionary substances, The Toad of Dawn gives an overview of the history, use, and the benefits of the toad medicine, and reveals how it can be used to initiate people on a spiritual path. In his introduction, Rak Razam, author of Aya: A Shamanic Odyssey, writes: I could finally fully let go, fully embody this medicine, this being, the One that wears the universe as its skin… This is the sacredness. This is the power. This is the medicine that Octavio Rettig brings to the world, wrapped in the chants, the power songs, his style of shamanizing, the deepest of healings and the deepest of openings that he holds space for. Great Spirit works through him… I salute him and the sacred work he does, and I say: if you feel the call, answer it. A song deep within us is asking to be sung. Rise up and open your hearts, BE the song. Let it shine across the world...

world. In the realm of entheogenic literature, there are only a handful of authors who have written at any length on 5-MeO-DMT. We now can add Dr. Gerry to the slowly growing list of those willing to share their knowledge of this most profound molecule.

5-MeO-DMT and the Spiritual Path to the Divine Light by Gerardo Ruben Sandoval & Martin Ball $25.50, paper. Divine Arts. 216 pages

alence of use is evident in a vast networked independent research culture, and in aesthetic impact. As this book traces the effect of DMT’s release into the cultural bloodstream, the results should be of great interest to contemporary readers. The book permits a broad reading audience to join ongoing debates in studies in consciousness and theology where the brain is held to be either a generator or a receiver of consciousness. The implications of the “spirit molecule” or “the brain’s own psychedelic” among other theories illustrate that DMT may lift the lid on the Pandora’s Box of consciousness. Features a foreword by Dennis McKenna and 25 color illustrations by various artists, including Martina Hoffmann, Robert Venosa, Alex Grey, Android Jones, Luke Brown, Carey Thompson. This is clearly not a “how-to book” or user manual. Rather, this cultural history exposes many myths and also reveals how DMT has had a beneficial influence on the lives of many, including many belonging to a vast underground network whose reports and initiatives expose drug war propaganda and shine a light in the shadows. This conversation is highly relevant at a time when significant advances are being made to lift the moratorium on human research with psychedelics.

Now is the time that humanity needs this potent medicine more than ever. After performing over 1,600 ceremonies (and still counting) for people from different parts of the globe, I have witnessed the magical healing properties of vaporized venom of Bufo alvarius. It can cure addictions, depression; I have seen with my own eyes the medicinal application for many illnesses that afflict mankind nowadays. I have introduced this sacred medicine to doctors, lawyers, psychologists, therapists, my dad, old senile patients, artists, AIDS and cancer patients, severely depressed people, schizophrenic patients, and drug addicts. All sessions turned out with marvelous positive results. It is the only substance I have witnessed capable of showing us who we really are. It removes our ego-made masks and shows us what we are made of… Light!

“Move over, ayahuasca. Looks like the magic toad ride is the next big thing for entheogenic explorers.” —Don Lattin, author of The Harvard Psychedelic Club

Revealing that we are all peacemakers at heart, Steve Beyer details how to approach life with a listening heart and create a safe and sacred space for communication: the peacemaking circle (or council), centered on the talking stick. Whoever holds the talking stick gets to speak. There are no interruptions, no questions, no challenges, no comments. People speak one at a time, honestly from their hearts, and they listen devoutly with their hearts to each person who speaks. And, as Beyer shows, the effect can be miraculous. BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

28

We enter into the council circle intending to do these four things: u Speak honestly from our hearts u Listen devoutly with our hearts u Speak spontaneously u Be of lean expression…

Stephan Beyer Just about everything we say in council begin with the pronoun I. I do not know what is in your heart, until you tell me. When I begin a statement with you, I am being presumptuous. I am trying to tell you what is in your heart, not

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

in mine. But when I begin a statement with I, I am trying to tell you about my truth, not yours. We say: I think, I believe, I understand… and most importantly, I feel, I need…

The author explains how to apply this practice with groups large and small to deepen relationships, heal old wounds, and restore harmony among families, spouses, classmates, coworkers, and communities. Sharing stories from his work as a peacemaker, he offers exercises for new talking stick circles, ceremonial ways to begin each circle, and tools to ensure the telling of complete stories in cases of conflict. He addresses the nature of apology, forgiveness, and the urge for revenge, and he explores the spiritual challenges faced by those who walk the peace path. Exploring the shamanic roots of the talking stick practice, the author extends the lessons of the healing circle and the listening heart from our homes, schools, and communities into our relationship to spirit and the Earth.

THE LOST AMAZON

The Pioneering Expeditions of Richard Evans Schultes by Wade Davis, foreword by Andrew Weil $24.99, cloth. Mandala. 188 pages, b/w photos

In 1941 Richard Evans Schultes took leave of Harvard University and disappeared into the Amazon rain forest of Colombia. Twelve years later, he resurfaced having gone places no outsider had ever been. He mapped uncharted rivers and lived among two dozen Indian tribes while collecting some thirty thousand botanical specimens, including the sacred hallucinogenic mushroom known to the Aztecs as the “Flesh of the Gods” and ayahuasca (or yagé), known to indigenous cultures as the “Vine of the Soul.” Schultes (1915-2001) is widely regarded as the greatest botanical explorer of the 20th century. He was also, according to one of his protegés, ethnobotanist Wade Davis, “a lover of all things Indian and Amazonian.” Davis presented an in-depth portrait of his mentor in One River (1996) and now reveals another facet of this remarkable pioneer, Schultes’ gifts as a field photographer. Schultes took hundreds of photographs of the northwest Amazon between 1941 and 1953, using a Rolleiflex twin-lens reflex camera, which, as Davis so astutely observes, required the photographer to hold the camera at waist height and gaze down into it, thus bowing to one’s subject. This posture of respect is in keeping with Schultes’ sense of reverence and wonder, a quality palpable in his striking blackand-white photographs of Amazonians and their magnificent and mysterious world. The photos include well-observed anthropological documents of Indian rituals and crafts, candid shots of everyday life and romantic photos of towering mesas, thundering falls and mist-shrouded rivers. The result is an absorbing biographical and visual record of a quickly vanishing culture and landscape and a larger-than-life explorer of exterior and interior terrains. Including a biographical essay from his former student, best-selling author Wade Davis, The Lost Amazon is a tribute to the brilliance of Schultes’s vision and an unrivaled anthropological record of a way of life that can never be recaptured. Originally published in 2004, The Lost Amazon is now in a Second Edition (2016) with a new preface by Wade Davis.


F

SHAMANS,WISDOM KEEPERS & WICCANS America for ten thousand years—Merculieff describes the rich traditions of spirituality, art, dance, music, storytelling, science, and technology that enabled them to survive their harsh conditions. The Unangan people of the Aleutian Islands endured slavery at the hands of the U.S. government and were placed in an internment camp during WWII, where they suffered malnutrition and disease that decimated 10 percent of their population. Merculieff movingly describes how the compassion of Indigenous Elders has guided him in his work and life, which has been rife with struggle and hardship. He explains that environmental degradation, the extinction of species, pollution, war, and failing public institutions are all reflections of our relationships with ourselves. In order to deal with these critical challenges, he argues, we must reenter the chaos of the natural world, rediscover our balance of the masculine and the sacred feminine, and heal ourselves. Then, perhaps, we can heal the world.

Shamanism, Old & New

AWAKEN THE INNER SHAMAN

A Guide to the Power Path of the Heart by José Luis Stevens $22.95, paper. Sounds True. 170 pages

Within you is a greater, wiser self that is not bound by your fears, worries, or perceived limitations. Dr. José Luis Stevens calls this the Inner Shaman—the part of you that connects directly to the true source of the universe. The shamans of every tradition know that the physical world we can see and touch is a mere shadow of the true spirit world.

With Awaken the Inner Shaman, he presents a direct and practical guide for opening our eyes to the greater wisdom and knowing within—and stepping into the power and responsibility we possess to shape and serve our world. In this rousing and provocative book, he invites readers to discover: u What is the Inner Shaman? How an understanding of our deeper spiritual potential shows up in every mystical and scientific tradition. u Seeing through the heart—why the heart offers us the most immediate path for accessing the Inner Shaman u Illuminating the Inner Shaman through spirituality, quantum physics, medical science, and experiential knowing u The Inner Shaman in action—how to stop living from the egoic mind and put your true essence in charge u Eight tools to strengthen your connection to the Inner Shaman, and much more.

It’s a story of remembering who we really are, as we’re all indigenous to someplace. Wisdom Keeper is about cultural healing and communal, collaborative co-creation with our Mother, the Earth. May its beauty and vital life force inspire and enchant you. —Nina Simons, president of Bioneers

In our hearts we want to be healers and miracle workers—“walking blessings,” as the Q’ero call the greatest shamans among them. We want to have the power and influence to serve and solve the problems of inequality, poverty, war, and hunger. We want to talk to nature and listen as it talks back to us and teaches us the ways of happiness. As you will see, this yearning is built right into our DNA—and it will never go away.

Humanity has become enthralled by the Siren’s song of technological progress, which has lured us away from the spiritual source that truly sustains us. In Awaken the Inner Shaman, Dr. José Stevens challenges us to reclaim our lost power to heal, see truly, and fulfill our purpose in life.

VOICES IN THE STONES

Life Lessons from the Native Way by Kent Nerburn

$21.50, paper. New World Lib. 165 pages

The Inner Shaman, suppressed and ignored for centuries, can be discovered in the most obvious place possible—within your own heart.

TIBETAN SHAMANISM Ecstasy and Healing by Larry Peters

$28.99, paper. North Atlantic. 190 pages, b/w & colour photos

Reflecting sixteen years of intensive fieldwork, this book is a rich chronicle of the daily lives, belief systems, and healing rituals of four highly revered Tibetan shamans forced into exile by the Chinese invasion during the 1950s. Larry Peters lived and studied closely with the shamans in Nepal, learning their belief system, observing and participating in their rituals, and introducing many dozens of students to their worldview. Including photographs of the shamans in ecstatic ritual and trance, this book—one of the most extensive ethnographic works ever done on Tibetan shamanism—captures the end of Tibetan shamanism while opening a window onto the culture and traditions that survived centuries of attack in Tibet, only to die out in Nepal. The violent treatment of shamans by the Buddhist lamas has a long history in Tibet and neighboring Mongolia. At one point, shamans were burned at the stake. However, in the mountainous Himalayan terrain, especially in the difficult to reach areas geographically distant from the Buddhist monastic urban centers, shamans were respected and their work revered. Peters’ authoritative and meticulous research into the belief systems of these last surviving representatives of the shamanic traditions of the remote Himalayas preserves, in vivid detail, the techniques of ecstasy, described as pathways to the shamanic spiritual world. “Larry Peters has devoted his life to studying Nepalese shamanism as both an anthropologist and as a practitioner, and so writes with a rare combination of deep personal experience and professional expertise.” —Roger Walsh, author of The World of Shamanism “A very interesting and important book by a major authority on contemporary Tibetan shamanism and on shamanism in general.” —Michael Harner, author of the Way of the Shaman

Native Medicine WISDOM KEEPER

One Man’s Journey to Honor the Untold History of the Unangan People by Ilarion Merculieff $20.95, paper. North Atlantic. 192 pages

Ilarion Merculieff weaves the remarkable strands of his life and culture into a fascinating account that begins with his traditional Unangan (Aleut) upbringing on a remote island in the Bering Sea, through his immersion in both the Russian Orthodox Church and his tribe’s holistic spiritual beliefs. He recounts his developing consciousness and

call to leadership, and describes his work of the past thirty years bringing together Western science and Indigenous peoples’ traditional knowledge and wisdom to address the most pressing issues of our time. Tracing the extraordinary history of his ancestors—who mummified their dead in a way very similar to the Egyptians, constructed one of the most sophisticated high seas kayaks in the world, and densely populated shorelines in North BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

29

The genius of the Native Americans has always been their profound spirituality and their deep understanding of the land and its ways. For three decades, author Kent Nerburn, who has been called ‘one of the few writers who can respectfully bridge the gap between the Native and non-Native cultures,’ has lived and worked among Native American people. Voices in the Stones: Life Lessons from the Native Way is a collection of his encounters, experiences, and reflections during this time. It opens with a poignant narrative of the American historical experience as seen through Native eyes, followed by twelve chapters that each offer insight into a specific aspect of the Native understanding of a life well lived. He takes us inside a traditional Native feast to show us how the children are taught to respect the elders. He brings us to an isolated prairie rock outcropping where a young Native man and his father show us how the power of ceremony connects the present with the ancient voices of the past. At a dusty roadside cafe he introduces us to an elder who remembers the time when his ancestors could talk to animals, and reminds us that there is spirit in all living things. In these and other poignant stories—the reinternment of ancient bones of two teen-aged girls, the traditional burial of a young man, and the haunted, almost mystical force that surrounds a forgotten Nez Perce battlefield— Nerburn reveals the way a spiritual awareness animates all of Native American life, and points the way forward to a more humane and mindful life for us all. Each story takes readers deep into the Native way of understanding life’s most important issues, including the importance of the elders, the spiritual presence in plants and animals, and the ways of giving and sharing and grieving. Nerburn reminds us that as common children of a common land, we have much to learn from each other if only we have the heart to listen. Communing with the Ancestors

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

Wicca & Magick COMMUNING WITH THE ANCESTORS Your Spirit Guides, Bloodline Allies, and the Cycle of Reincarnation by Raven Grimassi

$25.95, paper. Weiser. 192 pages, line drawings & b/w photos

This book demonstrates how to communicate and make contact with ancestral spirits, including practical methods for seeking their guidance. Raven Grimassi explores the realm of the ancestors and the role of reincarnation in the soul’s relationship to ancestral lineage. He explains the interactions between ancestors, the living, and the dead and examines how communication with the ancestors is strengthened through various techniques and ritual practices. True to Raven’s style, the book includes folklore, legend, and superstition surrounding the topic. Shrines, altars, and offerings are discussed in detail. Ancient practices related to communing with the ancestors are revived, and new rituals are provided, including an exercise to lead readers into the “cavern of the ancestors” through guided imagery. Sacred sites, power places, special portals to the ancients, reincarnation, and the “restless dead who are still bound to the earth realm”— he covers it all. It is the life breath that unites us with our Ancestors. On our breath is carried the memories of them when we speak about those who came before us; on our breath is carried the prayers and chants that we raise for the Ancestors. Breath passes through the blood within our lungs, and in our blood is the connection back to bone; back to all that comes from within the bone. The Ancestors are the marrow of the bone memory. Breath allows the Ancestors to rise within us and for us to submerge within them.

LIFTING THE VEIL

A Witch’s Guide to Trance-Prophesy, Drawing Down the Moon, and Ecstatic Ritual by Janet Farrar & Gavin Bone $23.95, paper. Acorn Guild. 318 pages, b/w illustrations

Written to fill an existing gap in the current available knowledge on trance, prophesy, deity-possession, and mediumship within the neo-Pagan and Wiccan communities, Lifting the Veil was developed from Janet Farrar and Gavin Bone’s personal work and public workshops on trance-prophesy and ecstatic ritual over the last 20 years. The book covers the history and modern practice of trance as well as the methods of practice, including ecstatic ritual, drawing down the moon, sex magic, and working with the spirits of the dead. It also explores the Four Keys, which include the importance of understanding mythical cosmology and psychology, understanding the role of energy in trance, the nature of spirits and deity, and understanding what trance is and the techniques involved. Because trance-prophesy is a very subjective


F

CHRISTIANS,JEWS,SUFIS & ASTROLOGERS

process, the book includes descriptions of the personal experiences of others and transcriptions from several independent sessions by modern seers and priestesses. Although many elements are of ancient origin, it is a modern system we have developed ourJanet Farrar selves over the years. Apart from teaching a core system of trance that underlies most traditions, it was also important to teach it in a safe, controllable way. Quite simply put, if you aren’t ready for the experience and are in danger in any way by doing it, it won’t happens, as the techniques taught in the Four Keys have built-in safety mechanisms. Do the work, and what we teach here in this book will work for you in a safe manner.

“Lifting the Veil is the complete guide to what many polytheists are seeking—direct communication with their Gods and Goddesses… A comprehensive and powerful vision for developing an intimate relationship with the Gods.” —Nels Linde

Christian & Jewish Spirituality HOW GOD BECAME GOD

What Scholars Are Really Saying about God and the Bible by Richard Smoley $25.00, paper. Tarcher. 286 pages

From a historical perspective, the Bible is shockingly, provably wrong—a point supported by today’s best archaeological and historical scholarship but not well understood by (or communicated to) the public. Yet this emphatically does not mean that the Bible isn’t, in some very real measure, true, argues scholar of mysticism Richard Smoley. Smoley reviews the most authoritative historical evidence to demonstrate that figures such as Moses, Abraham, and Jesus are not only unlikely to have existed, but bear strong composite resemblances to other Near Eastern religious icons. Likewise, the geopolitical and military events of Scripture fail to mesh with the largely settled historical time line and social structures. Smoley meticulously shows how our concepts of the Hebrew and Christian God, including Christ himself, are an assemblage of ideas that were altered, argued over, and edited—until their canonization. This process, to a large degree, gave Western civilization its consensus view of God. But these conclusions are not cause for nihilism or disbelief. Rather, beneath the metaphorical figures and mythical historicism of Scripture appears an extraordinary, truly transcendent theology born from the most sacred and fully realized spiritual and human insights of the antique Eastern world. Far from being “untrue,” the Bible is remarkably, extraordinarily true as it connects us to the sublime insights of our ancient ancestors and points to a unifying ethic behind many of the world’s faiths. To me, anyone who jabbers on like a salesman about being “born again” has no idea of what that really means. (What it does mean, or may mean, is yet another thing I will go into.) And I am not a church member or a churchgoer… Nevertheless, I try to live by the teach-

ings of Christ as set out in the Gospels. Although these texts are not historically accurate in every detail, the basic message is clear. And as I will try to show, beyond this basic message are layers of deeper meanings that may help us escape from the trap of biblical literalism.

on to the next set. Each spiritual muscle group is called a soul trait, and our practice is about taking actions that bring each soul trait toward balance… Mussar teaches that the goal of our life is not to attain tranquility but to actively and mindfully live our lives doing good things.

Among Richard Smoley’s other books are Inner Christianity and Forbidden Faith.

“The Spiritual Practice of Good Actions opens wide the doors to a traditional Jewish spiritual practice that has the power to transform your life.”—Alan Morinis, Dean, The Mussar Institute and author of Everyday Holiness “With clarity and wisdom, Greg Marcus guides us through practice, learning, inspiration, perspective, and humor to a life that is worth living. Here is a book that gives us daily practical encouragement to step through the door of our shining potential.”—Rabbi Shefa Gold, author of The Magic of Hebrew Chant

HOLY DARING

The Earthly Mysticism of St. Teresa, the Wild Woman of Avila by Tessa Bielecki $22.95, paper. Monkfish. 164 pages

This new edition of Holy Daring—revised and updated for new readers in honor of the 500th Anniversary of St. Teresa’s birth—will be an abiding source of inspiration to all who want a fuller, deeper, meaningful, and balanced life. Tessa Bielecki shows how Teresa’s vibrant natural life was the foundation of her mystical one, rekindling St. Teresa’s outrageous spiritual impulse. Foreword is by Adam Bucko, an activist, spiritual director to many of New York City’s homeless youth, and co-author of Occupy Spirituality: A Radical Vision for a New Generation. “Tessa’s deep intimacy with Teresa of Avila permeates this beautiful book and creates an invitational space for readers of any tradition (or none) to enter into their own transformational relationship with the ‘wild woman of Avila.’”—Mirabai Starr, translator of St. Teresa’s The Interior Castle and God of Love Tessa Beilecki is a former Carmelite monk who was a Mother Abbess for almost 40 years. She is the author of several critically acclaimed books on Teresa of Avila including Teresa of Avila: Mystical Writings and Teresa of Avila: Ecstasy and Common Sense. She is currently co-director of the Desert Foundation and lives in a hermitage in Crestone, Colorado.

THE SPIRITUAL PRACTICE OF GOOD ACTIONS

Finding Balance through the Soul Traits of Mussar by Greg Marcus

$19.50, paper. Llewellyn. 242 pages

Bring your everyday life into alignment with your aspirational values through Mussar, a thousand-year-old Jewish practice of spiritual growth based on mindful living. Good for anyone, regardless of age or experience, this comprehensive book presents thirteen soul traits—ranging from humility and gratitude to trust and honor—and the simple daily actions you can take to develop them. Drawing on universal principles and providing grounded instruction, The Spiritual Practice of Good Actions helps you explore soul traits through daily techniques and exercises, including mantras, mindful observation, and journaling. Nurture your spirit with inspiring stories and build a soul trait profile to better understand yourself. By dedicating two weeks of practice to each trait, you’ll see major changes in how you approach the world and feel empowered to be your best self. In Mussar we will isolate one set of spiritual muscles for two weeks and then move BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

30

Sufism & Rumi RUMI’S LITTLE BOOK OF LOVE AND LAUGHTER Teaching Stories and Fables by Coleman Barks

$21.95, paper. Hampton Roads. 222 pages, French flaps

Rowdy, ecstatic, and sometimes stern, these teaching stories and fables reveal new and very human properties in Rumi’s vision. Included here are the notorious “Latin parts” that Reynold Nicholson felt were too unseemly to appear in English in his 1920s translation. For Rumi, anything that human beings do—however compulsive—affords a glimpse into the inner life. Here are more than 40 fables or teaching stories that deal with love, laughter, death, betrayal, and the soul. The stories are exuberant, earthy, and bursting with vitality—much like a painting by Hieronymus Bosch or Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales. The characters are guilty, lecherous, tricky, ribald, and finally, opened. These teaching stories are a kind of scrimshaw—intricately carved, busy figures, in confused and threatening and weirdly funny situations… Rumi has many strategies for mirroring the complexities of soul growth: A wildly extravagant comedy, a severe toughness about the discipline necessary, an ecstatic sweetness that comes in the visionary moments, etc. Shams himself said of Rumi, “Each day I observe in him some state or quality which was not there before… He speaks fine words, but don’t be satisfied with them. Behind each is something you should ask him.” This collection is full of that rich elusiveness, so like light-changes on a body of water.

This is an entertaining collection from one of the greatest spiritual poets of all time, rendered by his most popular translator. Come down from the pear tree that’s been making you dizzy. Pear tree of ego and jealousy. The pear tree itself will change because of your humility in climbing down. True seeing is not easy. Muhammed himself prayed for it, “Show me each part from above and below as You see it.” Now climb the pear tree again. Pear Tree of Being. Pear tree and burning bush in one, the green fire

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

along its branches saying, This. This. In the shade of this fiery tree there’s peace for your wantings. What you are supposed to become, what you should know, is in your climbing up and down that tree, with its roots in the damp ground and its limbs in airiness.

BIRD SONG FROM INSIDE THE EGG Rumi Poems with Global Music & Celestial Vocals by Mahara Brenna, New on with Pepe Danza CD & Theda Phoenix $14.95, CD. 74 minutes

This CD, a labour of love, offers over an hour of Mahara Brenna’s beautiful voicing of Rumi’s poems, with instrumental backgrounds by Pepe Danza and vocal ambients by Theda Phoenix. Rumi’s poetry is as fresh and relevant for our contemporary world as it was for his 13th century listeners. His earthy spiritual profundity deepens the heart’s yearning for the ecstatic union. A Persian Mystic trained in Sufism, Rumi Founded the order of the Whirling Dervishes, who use dance and music to saturate themselves in their devotion of the Beloved. Some of Rumi’s poems are a conversation with the Divine, others are the Divine speaking through Rumi. It has been our great joy creating this CD for you… Sit back with a cup of tea or your favourite glass of wine… and come on this mystical journey with us. See if you can hear the “Bird Song Inside the Egg.

Astrology & Tarot THE BOOK OF DESTINIES

Discover the Life You Were Boprn to Live by Chetan Parkyn $26.50, paper. New World Library. 256 pp

Have you ever stopped to consider what special, unique qualities you have to offer the world—what it is that comes naturally to you and through you? The final step in the Human Design system, 192 variations of Life Themes reveal to us the “Theme” of our lives, and we each have one of these Themes guiding our journey from our first to last breath. Just like the storyline of a book, or the theme music to a movie, there is a unique, consistent and recognizable undercurrent to your whole lifetime. It is your song, your part in the symphony of life, and only you can play it. Knowing and accepting your particular Life Theme (based on the placement of the sun relative to the Earth at the moment of your birth) gives you reassurance and clarification about your life purpose. You will understand the secret essence of what quietly moves you through life, and how to reach directly into the source of your own fulfillment. Like the coding in your genetics, your Life Theme is something that resonates within your whole being, on physical, mental, emotional and spiritual levels. When you attune your awareness to your Life Theme, you will find it completely natural to embrace. And once you know your own Life Theme you will be fascinated to learn the Themes


F

ASTROLOGY,TAROT & METAPHYSICS

New on Astrology

play them… Well, that’s up to you… If this book leads to a realization that there is more to the Tarot than one suspects, then it will have done its job.

RELATIONSHIP ASTROLOGY

The Beginner’s Guide to Charting and Predicting Love, Romance, Chemistry, and Compatibility by Sarah Bartlett

In addition to broad explorations of each of the cards and their dimensions of meaning, there is a section on “reading the cards,” “basic tarot spreads,” and “answering questions.”

$29.99, paper. Fair Winds. 218 pp., 8x11

Written for beginners and intermediate star-gazers alike, this in-depth guide to synastry (the astrological art of relationship compatibility determined by the comparison of two charts) includes all you need to know to set up an affinity chart between you and another. You’ll be privy to interpretations for every combination of planets, rising signs, and elemental energies to work out your affinity with a new admirer, lover, or current partner. The book explores relationships from both a psychological and also mysteriously “fated” angle by examining affinity charts. The chart reveals important information, such as emotional needs, issues around sex or power, and whether the relationship is purely physical or primed for long-term love. You’ll learn how Venus, Mars, and the asteroid Eros define your sexual compatibility, while Black Moon Lilith reveals your dark side. You’ll read up on how Saturn signifies long-term commitment, often binding us to our mate in ways that have nothing to do with physical or romantic attraction. From dizzy infatuation to sexual desire to long-term commitment or breakup, the Relationship Astrology guide reveals much about relating and how to make your relationships work. Whether you’re already in love, still searching for a match, or in a long-term twosome, this book can help you discover the truth about you and a lover or partner.

THE TAROT COLORING BOOK by Theresa Reed

$22.75, paper. Sounds True. 160 pages, 8x11

Want to learn how to read tarot cards? Not sure where to start? With The Tarot Coloring Book, you can color your way through every card in the deck—and go from tarot rookie to tarot rock star in no time. Created especially for the growing number of new tarot enthusiasts, this book features illustrations from the classic Rider-Waite deck, jargon-free breakdowns of the symbolism and meaning of each card, and simple spreads for using the tarot as a potent and practical decision-making and self-reflection tool. Why does The Magician wear a red cloak? How come The Hanged Man has a blue shirt? Why is The High Priestess sitting between two columns: one black and one white? In the tarot world, different colors represent different qualities and emotions, writes Theresa Reed. Now you can master the entire deck with a unique and enjoyable guidebook for exploring the hidden aspects of this classic divination system.

THE BIGGEST BOOK OF HOROSCOPES EVER

Learn More About Your Future and Past with this Extraordinary Collection of Astrological Readings by Trish MacGregor $39.95, paper. Page Street. 528 pages

This book is a one-stop astrological resource for any reader to get a glimpse into the future and to reflect on the recent past with astrological horoscopes from the beginning of 2017 to the end of 2019, so they can look way ahead and also look back in an incredible three-year period. So, what’s up for Pisces in March of 2018?...etc. Trish MacGregor—well-renowned astrologer and author of the late Sydney Omarr horoscope books—offers monthly predictions tailored to each sign; she takes each sun sign through each year with month by month overviews of the moon and planets’ movements and how they’re likely to impact you. With this book, you can plan ahead for yourself and others to to take advantage of opportunities or avoid troublesome encounters throughout each month and over the course of three years. Discover the optimum time for romance, starting a new project, signing a contract, switching careers, contacting old friends, travel, and much more. The book features a detailed review of astrology, including an analysis of each sign’s personality so you can keep up-to-date on opportunities or astrological shifts in the lives of your friends, family, and coworkers. She will tell you to sit back and relax as the stars shine in your favor, or to get ready for challenges in your love life, finances or creative endeavors, as well as how the stars may impact your moods and more. The book is for anyone who follows astrology and wants a look at their lives or the lives of people close to them. The wealth of information that Trish shares on the actual horoscopes, plus the detailed overview of astrology at the beginning of the book, will appeal to curious beginners as well.

Metaphysics & Philosophy LEAP OF PERCEPTION

The Transforming Power of Your Attention by Penny Peirce

New in Paperback

$22.00, paper. Beyond Words. 352 pages

of everyone in your life. This knowledge expands your appreciation beyond your own uniqueness, to the extraordinary tapestry in the variety of Themes in the lives of people around you. To locate your Life Theme, a simple calculation is made to find the exact placement of the Sun relative to the Earth at the moment of your birth. To make it simple and easy, Chetan Parkyn has done the math for you on his website, Humandesignforusall.com. You just need to know your Birth Date, Birth Place and ideally your Birth Time. Once you get your free report, you can explore your Life Theme in The Book of Destinies. Also by Chetan Parkyn is Human Design: Discover the Person You Were Born to Be.

TAROT MYSTERIES

Discovering the Real Meaning of the Cards by Jonathan Dee $28.95, paper. Hampton Roads. 320 pages, b/w illustrations

This is a practical and accessible guide to the Tarot, a perennially popular divination system. What makes this book different from the others is that it: u Provides instruction on reading both the Major and Minor Arcana u Explains why the cards are the cards, why

each picture forms part of a sequence, and why they occupy a mystical place in our consciousness u Gives a balanced and informative perspective on each of the cards, as well as an overview of the entire deck u Provides a history of the tarot u Connects the tarot to the Qabalah. Jonathan Dee is a life-long tarot reader and historian. He traces the spiritual origins of the cards from Celtic mythology and Hebrew mysticism to Renaissance theatrical productions and the stars and planets of astrology. He also examines how past scholars thought about the tarot and how that thinking has changed to make the cards meaningful for today’s readers. This wide-ranging primer provides readers with everything they need to know about the tarot and provides fresh insights into the cards. These enigmatic cards have been used for the purposes of divination since at least AD 1500. The reason for their survival is that they work… The act of shuffling and dealing the cards is a potent symbol of the workings of fate. The hand of cards you receive isn’t yours to choose, but how you BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

31

With this skillful guide, readers can develop the power of perception and imagination to live with deep ease and joy. As our holistic view of the world grows and we become more aware of personal and collective energy, our level of perception is transforming from something singular— the physical form—to a greatly expanded awareness that includes intuition, past and present, right and left brain, and heart and body. As our perceptive ability evolves, we must unlearn and relearn the principles of how we live, create, and grow in order to be successful in the rapidly transforming reality of the Intuition Age. Written with clarity and insight, Leap of Perception offers a comprehensive guide on how to adapt to an expanding paradigm of perception. Building on her first two books, The Intuitive Way and Frequency, author Penney Peirce once again translates a powerful and complex concept into an effective life practice that is accessible to all. This book is about paying attention and noticing. There is always a good reason you notice what you notice, and I’d like you to

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

seek that underlying reason as often as possible. I’d also like you to begin to notice how you’re become aware of something. Is it through intuition? Your subtle inner senses? Is it through your belly, heart, spine, or feet? What is the vibration of the experience you’re having?

Readers will learn to materialize the situations they want, resolve conflict in relationships, expand their creativity, reduce exhaustion and anxiety from multitasking, ease fear caused by the transformation process, develop new attention skills, and quite a bit more. To make the leap of perception… you need to develop some new consciousness practices. There are new perceptual models and geometries, new ways to do things that are lightning-fast and multidimensional. New human abilities are likely to develop. When life is based on consciousness-and-energy, attention skills become the key to moving energy, creating, and experiencing more love, wisdom, and soul.

LOST MASTERS

Rediscovering the Mysticism of the Ancient Greek Philosophers by Linda Johnsen

Foreword by Eckhart Tolle $21.50, paper. New World Lib. 226 pages

Ashrams in Europe 2500 years ago? Meditation classes in ancient Rome? Greek philosophers studying in India? First century vegetarians? It sounds unbelievable, but there is impressive historical evidence of spiritual practices in the ancient Western world paralleling the yoga tradition of India. In fact, there are historical accounts by the ancient Greeks themselves describing their encounters with enlightened masters of the East. Now it’s time to learn about the ancient sages of our own Western wisdom tradition. Linda Johnsen brings these lost masters back to life, and challenges everything you thought you knew about the men and women who founded Western civilization. u Learn about the amazing historical contacts between the ancient Greeks and Himalayan yogis. u Explore teachings of karma and reincarnation as they were originally taught throughout the ancient Western world. u Practice the style of meditation taught in the Roman Empire two thousand years ago. Lost Masters goes beyond what you will learn in a classroom, or read in a philosophy textbook. It is an exploration of a deeply rooted Western tradition that bears striking resemblance to the wisdom of Eastern spirituality. Although the Greek sages profoundly influenced Western culture and spiritual practice, many of their essential beliefs and practices have been lost in the West. In this book it is easy to see how what they taught is fresh and relevant for us today. In this book I will introduce you to some of the greatest spiritual masters of the full Graeco-Roman period, from the Hellenic era through the sixth century C.E. The “Greek” scientists and philosophers, artsists, and sages didn’t just come from Greece, by the way. Some of the greatest were from Turkey and Egypt, Italy and Bulgaria, Sicily and Syria. “Greece” at this time was more a state of mind than a physical location… In reclaiming our ancient European heritage, we reconnect with the living spirituality at the heart of our civilization.


F

AURA,ASCENSION & THEORY U

The Teachings of Light

SOUL BREATHING

Spiritual Light and the Art of Self-Mastery by Carrie L’Esperance $23.95, paper. Bear & Company. 312 pp.

Civilization has reached a critical threshold. Whether life continues to evolve or devolve depends upon our ability to reach higher states of consciousness en masse. This requires calling upon the transformative power of the soul—a power not handed to us, but earned. We are living proof that the physical and spiritual realms of existence work together in unity. Yet for many of us our natural soul light and inner spiritual intuition are suppressed due to the distractions of day-to-day living and the electromagnetic pollution of our screen-filled technological world. In this exploration of the multidimensional interplay between the body, mind, and spirit, Carrie L’Esperance reveals how we can restore the flow of spiritual light in everyday living through the art of self-mastery. She explains how technology has severely reduced humanity’s natural abilities and spiritual power. She shows how EMFs and wi-fi toast our energetic bodily systems and suppress our immune systems, blocking the ethereal frequencies of light and suppressing our creative intuition and higher powers. Detailing the spiritual bio-geometry of light and the holographic principle, she explores how the cells of our bodies receive light’s deeper vibratory frequencies to support conscious evolution and soul development as well as explaining near-death and out-of-body experiences. She identifies the dissonant energies that endanger mind/ body health and reveals new advances in brain science that allow us to transcend the malign influences that hamper human evolution. She provides exercises and techniques for spiritual alignment and receptivity, including psychic cleansing, physical and emotional detox, chakra and aura strengthening, and oracular dreaming. Preparing us for the new cosmology and the greater community of worlds that is being revealed, L’Esperance shows that when we are properly connected with our soul’s intelligence and cultivate the reception of higher frequencies of consciousness, then we are able to soul breathe, to absorb more pranic energy, the electromagnetic force and cosmic radiation that is the sustaining element of all life and consciousness.

CHANGE YOUR AURA, CHANGE YOUR LIFE

A Step-by-Step Guide to Unfolding Your Spiritual Power by Barbara Martin & Dmitri Moraitis $27.00, paper. Tarcher. 302 pages, 7x9, colour illustrations

This new guide to the source of your spiritual energy—the aura—comes from renowned spiritual teachers Barbara Martin and Dimitri Moraitis, who also wrote Communing with the Divine and Karma and Reincarnation. Discover your source of unlimited spiritual energy! Everything you think, feel, and do radiates a spiritual energy that comes through in various colors and hues: This is your aura. The aura is your spiritual blueprint. By changing the quality of your aura, you can automatically change the quality of your life. In this groundbreaking book, renowned aura expert Barbara Martin, known as the Mozart of Metaphysics, leads you through her technique for improving the aura—a technique she has taught to thousands. Whether you see auras or not, this breakthrough book drawn from decades of teaching reveals: What the various colors of the aura mean and say about you How to work with the power rays of spiritual enrichment—including love, prosperity healing, and wisdom More than 90 meditations to deepen personal relationships, advance your career, and transform destructive emotions. Among the many detailed chapters are:Letters • Your Spiritual Bank Account • Anatomy of the Aura • The Colors You Are • Three Keys to Working with Spiritual Energy • Six Steps to Change Your Aura • Tapping the Power Rays

Transmissions & Revelations GOD HAS SPOKEN AGAIN by Marshall Vian Summers

$19.95, paper. New Knowledge. 160 pp.

Revealed to Marshall Vian Summers, God Has Spoken Again is the beginning of a New Message from God for humanity. In the pages and chapters of this book, God is speaking to humanity anew, proclaiming a warning, a blessing and a preparation for a new world reality, clarifying the reality of God’s Presence and providing a Divine answer to the growing crises of war, environmental destruction, religious conflict, human suffering and poverty now escalating across the world. This is a New Message from God. It is not

• Guidelines for Effective Meditations • How to Change Mental and Emotional States • Divine Direction and Guidance • The Light in All Aspects of Your Life • The Aura and Spiritual Evolution • Affirmations and Visualizations

for one tribe, nation or religious group alone. It is a living communication from God to the heart of every man, woman and child on Earth for these times and for the times to come. It is an original communication from the Divine Presence that watches over the world and has guided humanity since time immemorial… Though it appears to be a book in the hand, God Has Spoken Again is the beginning of a living communication from God to humanity. The chapters of this book are BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

32

like breaths in that communication. Here, God is calling to humanity: calling across the world into every nation, culture and faith community; calling into the halls of government and religion; calling into the darkest places where inner suffering and physical deprivation are deepest; calling for the spiritual power of humanity to emerge and for humanity to unite and cooperate sufficiently to prepare for the great challenges ahead.

This is a Message of enduring beauty, strength and power for the restoration of all who can receive it. “This is the Power of Heaven speaking to you directly, revealing to you the greater life that you were always destined to live.” More info: newmessage.org.

THE ASCENSION MYSTERIES Revealing the Cosmic Battle Between God and Evil by David Wilcock $39.95, cloth. Knopf. 506 pages, b/w illustrations

David Wilcock, who brought us the bestsellers The Source Field Investigations and The Synchronicity Key, has become one of the leading writers exploring ancient mysteries and new science. With The Ascension Mysteries, David takes readers on a surprising and enthralling journey through the history of the universe, exploring the great Cosmic Battle surrounding our own Ascension. Through his contact with a positive higher intelligence behind the UFO phenomenon, groundbreaking scientific information, and data from high-ranking government whistle-blowers, David reveals that the earth is now on the front lines of a battle that has been raging between positive and negative extraterrestrials for hundreds of thousands of years. The Ascension Mysteries explores the towering personal obstacles David overcame to unlock the great secrets of our universe and looks ahead to what this battle means for each of us personally. By unifying ancient texts from a variety of religions with scientific data and insider testimony, David presents a stunning conclusion—that Earth is on the verge of a massive cosmic event that will transform matter, energy, consciousness, and biological life as we now know it and will utterly defeat the great villains of our time. The great villains in our planetary script constantly fill the headlines with fear and trauma. Terrifying media, presenting horrors such as the threat of mass destruction, triggers a morphine response that get us high—which I have termed “fear porn.” Some people are then influenced to abuse others, whereas other get high from feeling victimized. I feel the best way to understand this phenomenon and deactivate the system is to study the personal testimony of someone who has identified the addiction and recovered from it. Breaking this habit, I believe, is the core of the ascension process, and it is the main reason why I am sharing so much of myself with you in this book… The only way to break the trauma addiction is to learn to love and protect yourself, and then to be able to forgive those who have harmed you… The higher beings working with us know every twist and turn of the path, from the brightest to the darkest, and can help us out of the most impossible-seeming paradoxes.

Wilcock takes the time to connect the dots between the human species and the rest of the cosmos. F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

Business & Presence THEORY U

Learning from the Future as It Emerges: The Social Technology of Presencing by C. Otto Scharmer

$56.95, paper. Berrett-Koehler. 468 pages, colour illustrations

We live in a time of massive institutional failure that manifests in the form of three major divides: the ecological, the social, and the spiritual. Addressing these challenges requires a new consciousness and collective leadership capacity. In this groundbreaking book, Otto Scharmer invites us to see the world in new ways and in so doing discover a revolutionary approach to learning and leadership. In most large systems today, we collectively create results that no one wants. What keeps us stuck in such patterns of the past? It’s our blind spot, that is, our lack of awareness of the inner place from which our attention and intention originate. By moving through Scharmer’s U process, we consciously access the blind spot and learn to connect to our authentic Self—the deepest source of knowledge and inspiration—in the realm of presencing, a term coined by Scharmer that combines the concepts of presence and sensing. Theory U offers a rich diversity of compelling stories, examples, exercises, and practices that allow leaders, organizations, and larger systems to co-sense and co-shape the future that is wanting to emerge. This second edition features a new preface in which Scharmer identifies five transformational trends and describes U process case stories around the world. There are also eight color drawings by Kelvy Bird that capture U journey applications and illustrate the concepts in the book, as well as new resources for applying the principles and practices. New Soil. New Seeds. New Connections. New Ecology… a new ecology that is now starting to become more visible. It’s a movement that creates social change by shifting the inner place from which we operate from ego to eco. How? By Making the systems of which we are part sense and see themselves… I wrote this book to outline the method and framework that innovators across generations have used to connect with emerging possibilities and bring them into reality. I hope that reading it will help you align your own choices more fully with your deeper intention—and with those of our fellow travelers. The evolutionary inversion of our social fields is a reality today, even though not seen or recognized by many. This makes the earth rising a real possibility. But for it to happen, we have to wake up and rise in many ways first. That’s the deeper intention of this book—and the global u.lab community of practice that’s available for you to join.

Otto Scharmer is a senior lecturer at MIT and cofounder of the Presencing Institute. In 2015 he cofounded the MITx U.Lab, an online-to-offline course that attracted 75,000 registered participants from 185 countries during its first year. For more info: search “U.Lab.”


F

EARTH COMMUNITY

Vandana Shiva

Ecology & Community LETTERS TO MY GRANDCHILDREN by David Suzuki

$18.95, paper. Greystone. 176 pages

New in Paperback

In his most important book since The Sacred Balance and his most personal ever, revered activist, scientist and elder David Suzuki draws on the experiences and wisdom he has gained over his long life and offers advice, stories, and inspiration to his six grandchildren. In these inspiring letters to his grandchildren, David Suzuki speaks personally and passionately about their future. He also explains why sports, fishing, feminism, and failure are important; why it is dangerous to deny our biological nature; and why First Nations must lead a revolution. He even has something to say about fashion. His letters are also chockfull of stories about his own childhood and anecdotes about his children and grandchildren when they were small, providing an intimate look at Suzuki’s life as a father and grandfather. Most of all, as he ponders life’s deepest questions and offers readers his lifetime of lived wisdom, Suzuki inspires us all to live with courage, conviction, and passion. Over very long periods of time, as people moved to different parts of Earth, they began to recognize that nature was the source of their lives and livelihood and that earth should be treated with respect and care. This knowledge became the basis of indigenous understanding and cultures, which are the result of hard-earned lessons gained over thousands of years. That is why it is so important to fight to keep those cultures alive. Once they are gone, they will never be reproduced. This is not to say that indigenous people are always in balance with nature. But they have a different perspective on our relationship with our surroundings. Thinking of the biosphere as Mother Earth and understanding that we are literally created by her body of air, water, earth, and sunlight is radically different from thinking of the world as a resource; when that happens, Mother Earth becomes a mother lode.

ATMOSPHERE OF HOPE Searching for Solutions to the Climate Crisis by Tim Flannery

$19.99, paper. HarperCollins. 256 pages

From the author The Weather Makers comes a groundbreaking new book of vital importance for the future of humankind. Earth’s climate system is fast approaching a crisis. Public understanding has not kept up with the debate, and there is an absence of political leadership. Many people are less engaged with the issue of climate change than they were a decade ago, and opinion is divided between technological optimists and pessimists who feel that catastrophe is inevitable. Tim Flannery, one of the more influential scientists on the planet, is here to tell us that catastrophe is not inevitable, but time is running out. Around the world people are already living with the consequences of an altered climate—with intensified or more frequent

WHO REALLY FEEDS THE WORLD?

Instead of relying on genetic modification and large-scale monocropping to solve the world’s food crisis, she proposes that we look to agroecology—the knowledge of the interconnectedness that creates food—as a truly life-giving alternative to the industrial paradigm. Shiva succinctly and eloquently lays out Vandana Shiva the networks of people and processes that feed the world, exploring issues of diversity, the needs of small famers, the importance of seed saving, the movement toward localization, and the role of women in producing the world’s food.

The Failures of Agribusiness and the Promise of Agroecology by Vandana Shiva

$19.50, paper. North Atlantic. 164 pages

Debunking the notion that our current food crisis must be addressed through industrial agriculture and genetic modification, author and activist Vandana Shiva argues that those forces are in fact the ones responsible for the hunger problem in the first place. Who Really Feeds the World? is a powerful manifesto calling for agricultural justice and genuine sustainability, drawing upon Shiva’s thirty years of research and accomplishments in the field.

SEED SOVEREIGNTY, FOOD SECURITY

Women in the Vanguard of the Fight Against GMOs and Corporate Agriculture edited by Vandana Shiva $28.50, paper. North Atlantic. 398 pages

In this unique anthology, women from around the world write about the movement to change the current, industrial paradigm of how we grow our food. As seed keepers and food producers, as scientists, activists, and scholars, they are dedicated to renewing a food system that is better aligned with ecological processes as well as human health and global social justice. Seed Sovereignty, Food Security is an argument for just that—a reclaiming of traditional methods of agricultural practice in order to secure a healthy, nourishing future for all of us. Whether tackling the thorny question of GMO safety or criticizing

WATER WARS

Privatization, Pollution, and Profit by Vandana Shiva

$20.95, paper. North Atlantic. 192 pages

Acclaimed author and award-winning scientist and activist Vandana Shiva lucidly details the severity of the global water shortage, calling the water crisis the most pervasive, most severe, and most invisible dimension of the ecological devastation of the earth. She sheds light on the activists who are fighting corporate maneuvers to convert the life-sustaining resource of water into more gold for the elites and uses her knowledge of science and society to outline the emergence of corporate culture and the historical erosion of communal water rights. Using the international water trade and industrial activities such

storms, heat waves, droughts and floods. For some it’s already a question of survival. Atmosphere of Hope was publised in the lead-up to the United Nations Climate Change Summit held in Paris in 2015. This book will spark a new wave of conversations around this most important of subjects. Is it possible for planetary processes to remove greenhouse gases from the air at a scale, rate, permanence and cost that will make a difference to our future climate? The answer, I found, is an emphatic ‘yes.’

Atmosphere of Hope is both a snapshot of the trouble we are in, and an up-to-the-minute analysis of some of the new possibilities for mitigating climate change. In his inimitable style, Tim Flannery makes this urgent issue completely accessible.

COWSPIRACY

The Sustainability Secret by Keegan Kuhn & Kip Andersen

$25.99, paper. Mandala. 216 pages

Discover the biggest issue in conservation today. This companion to the documentary Cowspiracy (viewable on netflix) explores the impacts of the most environmentally destructive industry on the planet: animal agriculture. The award-winning documentary Cowspiracy presents alarming truths about the effects of anBRANCHES OF LIGHT F

33

F

the impact of big agribusiness on traditional communities, these women are in the vanguard of defending the right of people everywhere to practice local, biodiverse, and organic farming as an alternative to industrial agriculture— and a food system that would truly support the health of our eco-systems, communities, and children. The contributors come from many continents and cultures. Among them are Vandana Shiva, Frances Moore Lappé, Marion Nestle, Ana Broccoli, Winona La Duke, and many others. This anthology dismantles the myths propagated by the GMO industry to reveal the widespread and devastating repercussions of genetic engineering. Highlighting the nightmarish effects of industrial agriculture on both the ecology and the human body, Seed Sovereignty, Food Security is an explication, a protest, and a cry for change. as damming, mining, and aqua-farming as her lens, Shiva exposes the destruction of the earth and the disenfranchisement of the world’s poor as they are stripped of rights to a precious common good. Revealing how many of the most important conflicts of our time, most often camouflaged as ethnic wars or religious wars, are in fact conflicts over scarce but vital natural resources, she calls for a movement to preserve water access for all and offers a blueprint for global resistance based on examples of successful campaigns. Featuring a new introduction by the author, this edition of Water Wars celebrates the spiritual and traditional role water has played in communities throughout history and warns that water privatization threatens cultures and livelihoods worldwide.

imal agriculture on the planet. One of the leading causes of deforestation, greenhouse gas production, water use, species extinction, ocean dead-zones, and a host of other ills, animal agriculture is a major threat to the future of all species, and one of the environmental industry’s best-kept secrets. The book expands upon the film in every way. Journey with authors Kip Andersen and Keegan Kuhn as they discover one shocking statistic after another and interview leading businesses, environmental organizations, and political groups about the subject of animal agriculture and its disastrous effects. Extended transcripts, updated statistics, tips on becoming vegan, and comprehensive reading lists provide an in-depth overview of this planetary crisis and demonstrate effective ways to offset the damage through personal dietary choices. Firmly rooted in science and supporting research, The Sustainability Secret reveals the absolutely devastating environmental impact of the meat and dairy industry and offers a path to global sustainability for a growing population.

THE END OF PROTEST

A New Playbook for Revolution by Micah White

$25.00, paper. Ballantine. 315 pp., flaps

Is protest broken? Micah White, co-creator of Occupy Wall Street, thinks so. Recent years have witnessed the largest protests in human history. Yet these mass mobilizations no longer change society. Now activism is

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

at a crossroads: innovation or irrelevance. The End of Protest Micah heralds the future of activism. Drawing on his unique experience with Occupy Wall Street, a contagious protest that spread to eighty-two countries, White articulates a unified theory of revolution and eight principles of tactical innovation that are destined to catalyze the next generation of social movements. The lack or protest is perilous for society. Protest is a symptom of the need for social change, and the people in the streets are harbingers of greater democracy. The absence of effective protest is a warning sign of impending civil strife. Whether you support or suppress protesters, history shows that dissent is necessary for social growth and collective renewal.

Despite global challenges—catastrophic climate change, economic collapse and the decline of democracy—White finds reason for optimism: the end of protest inaugurates a new era of social change. On the horizon are increasingly sophisticated movements that will emerge in a bid to challenge elections, govern cities and reorient the way we live. In this provocative playbook, White offers three bold, revolutionary scenarios for harnessing the creativity of people from across the political spectrum. He also shows how social movements are created and how they spread, how materi-


F

SAPIENS

HISTORY,THE FUTURE & A GREAT TIDE RISING markably similar ways. Dark Age America, then, seeks to map out in advance the history of collapse, giving us an idea of what the next 500 years or so might look like as globalization ends and North American civilization reaches the end of its lifecycle and enters the stages of decline and fall. In many ways, this is John Michael Greer’s most uncompromising work, though by no means without hope to offer. Knowing where we’re headed collectively is a crucial step in responding constructively to the challenges of the future and doing what we can now to help our descendants make the most of the world we’re leaving them. “Whereas the human psyche may hold out for a faux Great Turning or the fantasy that “this time it will be different,” Greer demonstrates that ecologically, politically, economically, and technologically, the decline is not only inevitable but well underway. How the demise unfolds and whether any members of our species prevail may well be determined by the choices we make now. Business as usual is not an option.” —Carolyn Baker, author of Love in the Age of Ecological Apocalypse “… even if you disagree with Greer about the future, you will learn a great deal from his survey of the relevant human past.” —Richard Heinberg, author of The End of Growth

Harari on History & Beyond

A Brief History of Humankind by Yuval Noah Harari

$22.00, paper. McClelland & Stewart. 442 pages, b/w illustrations

One hundred thousand years ago, at least six human species inhabited the earth. Today there is just one. Us. Homo sapiens. How did our species succeed in the battle for dominance? Why did our foraging ancestors come together to create cities and kingdoms? How did we come to believe in gods, nations, and human rights; to trust money, books, and laws; and to be enslaved by bureaucracy, timetables, and consumerism? And what will our world be like in the millennia to come? In Sapiens, Professor Yuval Noah Harari spans the whole of human history, from the very first humans to walk the earth to the radical—and sometimes devastating—breakthroughs of the Cognitive, Agricultural, and Scientific Revolutions. Drawing on insights from biology, anthropology, paleontology, and economics, and incorporating full-color illustrations throughout the text, he explores how the currents of history have shaped our human societies, the animals and plants around us, and even our personalities. Have we become happier as history has unfolded? Can we ever free our behavior from the legacy of our ancestors? And what, if anything, can we do to influence the course of the centuries to come? Like it or not, we are members of a large and particularly noisy family called the great apes. Our closest living relatives include chimpanzees, gorilla and orang-utans. The chimpanzees are the closest. Just 6 million years ago, a single female ape had two daughters. One became the ancestor of all chimpanzees, the other is our own grandmother.

Bold, wide-ranging, and provocative, Sapiens integrates history and science to challenge everything we thought we knew about being human: our beliefs, our actions, our power... and our future. “A bravura retelling of the human story… brilliantly clear, witty, and erudite… One of the rare books that lives up to the publisher’s blurb. It really is thrilling and breathtaking; it actually does question our basic narrative of the world.” —Ben Shephard, The Observer

HOMO DEUS

A Brief History of Tomorrow by Yuval Noah Harari

SURVIVING THE FUTURE

Culture, Carnival, and Capital in the Aftermath of the Market Economy by David Fleming, selected & edited by Shaun Chamberlin

$34.95, cloth. McClelland & Stewart. 440 pages, b/w illustrations

From the author of the international bestseller Sapiens: A Brief History of Humankind comes an extraordinary new book that explores the future of this human species. Humans today enjoy unprecedented levels of power and an increasingly god-like status. The great epidemics of the past— famine, plague and war—no longer control our lives. We are the only species in history that has single-handedly changed the entire planet, and we can no longer blame a higher being for our fate. But as our gods take a back seat, and Homo Sapiens becomes Homo Deus, what are we going to do with ourselves? How do we set the agenda for our own future without pushing our species—and the rest of the world—beyond its limits? In this vivid, challenging new book from the author of Sapiens, Yuval Noah Harari examines the implications of our newly upgraded condition, from our dogged pursuit of status and happiness to our constant quest to overcome death by pushing the boundaries of science. He explores how Homo Sapiens conquered the world, our creation of today’s human-centred environment, our current predicament and our possible future. And, above all, he asks the fundamental questions: Where do we go from here? And how will we protect this fragile world from our own destructive powers?

$26.95, paper. Chelsea Green. 279 pages, b/w illustrations

This is the best reason to learn history: not in order to predict the future, but to free yourself of the past and imagine alternative destinies. Of course this is not total freedom— we cannot avoid being shaped by the past. But some freedom is better than none… Looking back, many think that the downfall of the pharaohs and the death of God were both positive developments. Maybe the collapse of humanism will also be beneficial. People are usually afraid of change because they fear the unknown. But the single greatest constant of history is that everything changes.

alism limits contemporary activism, and why we must re-conceive protest in timelines of centuries, not days. Rigorous, original and compelling, The End of Protest is an exhilarating vision of an all-encompassing revolution of revolution. “Fearlessly lucid, radically open-minded, Micah White puts protest back where it belongs—among the greatest forces ever to shape history. Then he exposes a protest culture just as jaded as the structures it seeks to overthrow, and as desperately in need of ‘ruthless innovation.’ Many books tell us why we should protest; this book tells us how.” —J.B. MacKinnon, author of The Once and future World

DARK AGE AMERICA

Climate Change, Cultural Collapse, and the Hard Future Ahead by John Michael Greer $18.95, paper. New Society. 245 pages

After decades of missed opportunities, Greer eloquently argues, the door to a sustainable future has closed, and the future we face now is one in which today’s industrial civilization unravels in the face of uncontrolled climate change and resource depletion. What is the world going to look like when all these changes have run their course? Author John Michael Greer seeks to answer this question, and with some degree of accuracy, since civilizations tend to collapse in reBRANCHES OF LIGHT F

34

Surviving the Future is a story drawn from the fertile ground of the late David Fleming’s extraordinary Lean Logic: A Dictionary for the Future and How to Survive It. That hardback consists of four hundred and seventy-two interlinked dictionary entries, inviting readers to choose their own path through its radical vision. Recognizing that Lean Logic’s sheer size and unusual structure can be daunting, Fleming’s long-time collaborator Shaun Chamberlin has selected and edited one of these potential narratives to create Surviving the Future. The content, rare insights, and uniquely enjoyably writing style remain Fleming’s, but are presented here at a more accessible paperback-length and in conventional read-it-front-to-back format. The subtitle—Culture, Carnival and Capital in the Aftermath of the Market Economy—hints at Fleming’s vision. He believed that the market economy will not survive its inherent flaws beyond the early decades of this century, and that its failure will bring great challenges, but he did not dwell on this: We know what we need to do. We need to build the sequel, to draw on inspiration which has lain dormant, like the seed beneath the snow. Surviving the Future lays out a compelling and powerfully different new economics for a post-growth world. One that relies not on taut competitiveness and eternally increasing productivity—putting the grim into reality—but on the play, humor, conversation,

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

and reciprocal obligations of a rich culture. Building on a remarkable breadth of intellectual and cultural heritage—from Keynes to Kumar, Homer to Huxley, Mumford to MacIntyre, Scruton to Shiva, Shakespeare to Schumacher—Fleming describes a world in which, as he says, there will be time for music. This is the world that many of us want to live in, yet we are told it is idealistic and unrealistic. With an evident mastery of both economic theory and historical precedent, Fleming shows that it is not only desirable, but actually the only system with a realistic claim to longevity. With friendliness, humor, and charm, Surviving the Future plucks this vision out of our daydreams and shows us how to make it real.

Eco-Philosophy GREAT TIDE RISING

Toward Clarity and Moral Courage in a Time of Planetary Change by Kathleen Dean Moore

$38.50, cloth. Counterpoint. 338 pages

Even as seas—and sea levels—rise against the shores, another great tide is beginning to rise: a tide of outrage against the pillage of the planet, a tide of commitment to justice and human rights, a swelling affirmation of moral responsibility to the future and to Earth’s fullness of life. Philosopher and nature essayist Kathleen Dean Moore takes on the essential questions: Why is it wrong to wreck the world? What is our obligation to the future? What is the transformative power of moral resolve? How can clear thinking stand against the lies and illogic that batter the chances for positive change? What are useful answers to the recurring questions of a storm-threatened time? What can anyone do? Is there any hope? And always this: What stories and ideas will lift people who deeply care, inspiring them to move forward with clarity and moral courage? Mary Evelyn Tucker writes in her intro: Clearly, the nourishing of the human spirit and imagination is what is at stake in our present moment—a spirit and imagination that is shriveling before our very eyes with an anguish and confusion that is heart rending. Kathleen bears witness… We are groping, we are limping, we are struggling. But in this groping, in this dark night we are seeking to return to who we are. We are beings of Earth, she writes, who feel the mysterious rhythms of life unfolding… Rediscovering who we are. Finding our purpose as humans to enhance life, not diminish it. This is her endless prayer.

Beautifully written, Great Tide Rising speaks to and for us humans, now. The Earth is filled, it is populated, it is shivering, with lives of beauty and astonishment—what a child’s hand holds, and the hand itself, and the reverence in the hand’s careful holding. The fate of these lives is not a matter of indifference or of economic expediency alone. These lives are the irreplaceable, priceless consequence of the creativity of the universe over fourteen billion years. Now that humans have taken on the role of Earth-changer, we take on as well the responsibilities of celebration, protection, and ferocious love.


F

SONG OF INCREASE

BEES,SPIRITUAL ECOLOGY & SMART ENERGY

The Buzz on Bees

Listening to the Wisdom of Honeybees for Kinder Beekeeping and a Better World by Jacqueline Freeman $22.95, paper. Sounds True. 189 pages

The most joyful emanation produced by a colony of bees is known as the “song of increase”—an ecstatic chorus declaring the hives readiness to depart an outgrown home in order to flourish elsewhere. Song of Increase takes us inside the world of the honeybee to glean the wisdom of these fascinating creatures with whom humanity has shared a sacred bond for millennia. Treating bees with reverence and gratitude will do more to help them than you can imagine. As you read about the many profound ways honeybees offer their work to propel humankind’s spiritual evolution, I expect you will be inspired by their respectful industry and fellowship. They are living examples of love, of an interdependent community, and of an ever-outflowing story of creation filled with patience, kindness, and compassion, Daily they live teachings we could benefit from learning.

Readers won’t find in these pages the latest tricks for getting the most honey from your bees. “Our way is one of kind observation,” explains Jacqueline Freeman, “where we create supportive homes and fields for bees to live in and tend the heartfelt relationships we form by being together.” Focusing on the hidden aspects of apiculture that lead us naturally to more sustainable practices, she illuminates the unity consciousness that guides every action in the colony—and how this profound awareness can influence the way we see both ourselves and the natural world. Each chapter presents a wealth of information about the life of bees, including Freeman’s personal insights and direct teachings received from the bees themselves. In all respect, this book has been co-written. The relationship I have with bees isn’t with any one hive or a single bee; it’s with all bees…When I speak to the bees, I am speaking with a knowledgeable presence that embraces all bees, a consciousness that understands and wants us to know and be respectful of the purposeful actions of the bee kingdom. I’ve done my best to convey what they’ve taught me… What I’ve learned at their wings is the most profound education, and I am grateful to the bees for sharing their world with me.

Jacqueline Freeman is a biodynamic farmer and “relational beekeeper.”

BEE TIME

Lessons from the Hive by Mark Winston

$25.50, paper. Harvard. 296 pages

Being among bees is a full-body experience, Mark Winston writes—from the low hum of tens of thousands of insects and the pungent smell of honey and beeswax, to the sight of workers flying back and forth between flowers and the hive. The experience of an apiary slows our sense of time, heightens our awareness, and inspires awe. Bee Time presents Winston’s reflections on three decades spent studying these creatures, and on the lessons they can teach about how humans might better interact with one another and the natural world. Like us, honeybees represent a pinnacle of animal sociality. How they submerge individual needs into the colony collective provides a lens through which to ponder human societies. Winston explains how bees process information, structure work, and communicate, and examines how corporate boardrooms are using bee societies as a model to improve collaboration. He investigates how bees have altered our understanding of agricultural ecosystems and how urban planners are looking to bees in designing more nature-friendly cities. The relationship between bees and people has not always been benign. Bee populations are diminishing due to human impact, and we cannot afford to ignore what the demise of bees tells us about our own tenuous affiliation with nature. Toxic interactions between pesticides and bee diseases have been particularly harmful, foreshadowing similar effects of pesticides on human health. There is much to learn from bees in how they respond to these challenges. In sustaining their societies, bees teach us ways to sustain our own. If we had a formal contract with honeybees, its executive summary might read something like this: We, the bees, will provide you with honey and other products of the hive, as well as pollination services. In return you, the humans, will maintain an environment in which we can thrive, free of toxic pesticides and rich in diverse flowering plants… The first honeybees appeared in the fossil record about forty million years ago, although they likely evolved much earlier, and by thirty million years ago were essentially the same as the honeybees we see today.

Mark Winston is Senior Fellow at Simon Fraser University’s Centre for Dialogue and Professor in the Department of Biological Sciences.

SPIRITUAL ECOLOGY (2ND EDITION) The Cry of the Earth edited by Llewellyn Vaughan-Lee $18.95, paper. Golden Sufi. 336 pages

Showing the deep connection between our present ecological crisis and our lack of awareness of the sacred nature of creation, this series of essays from spiritual and environmental leaders around the world shows how humanity can transform its relationship with the Earth. Perspectives from Buddhism, Sufism, Christianity, and Native American be-

liefs as well as physics, deep psychology, and other environmental disciplines, make this a well-rounded contribution. This second expanded edition offers new chapters, including two from younger authors who are putting the principles of spiritual ecology into BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

35

action, working with their hands as well as their heart. It also includes a new preface and revised chapter by Llewellyn VaughanLee, that reference two major recent events: the publication of Pope Francis’s encyclical, “On Care for Our Common Home,” which brought into the mainstream the idea that “the ecological crisis is essentially a spiritual problem”; and the 2015 Paris Climate Change Conference, which saw representatives from nearly 200 countries come together to address global warming, including faith leaders from many traditions. Our present ecological crisis is the greatest man-made disaster this planet has ever faced—its accelerating climate change, species depletion, pollution and acidification of the oceans. There is a pressing need to articulate a spiritual response to this ecological crisis. This is vital and necessary if we are to help bring the world as a living whole back into balance. Contributors include: Chief Oren Lyons, Thich Nhat Hanh, Sandra Ingerman, Joanna Macy, Sister Miriam MacGillis, Satish Kumar, Vandana Shiva, Fr. Richard Rohr, Bill Plotkin, Jules Cashford, Wendell Berry, Winona LaDuke, Mary Evelyn Tucker, Brian Swimme, and others. “This gathering of elders from all over the globe… is nothing short of a modern oracle whose voices translate the wisdom of the Earth we must care for.” —Mark Nepo, author of The One Life We’re Given Llewellyn Vaughan-Lee is a Sufi teacher, founder of the Golden Sufi Center, and is the author of more than 15 books, including Alchemy of Light and Return of the Feminine and the World Soul.

Earth Energies & Eco-Design THE SCOOP ON POOP

Safely Capturing and Recycling the Nutrients in Greywater, Humanure and Urine by Dan Chiras $32.95, paper. New Society. 352 pages, 7x9, 250 b/w illustrations

Flush it and forget it is the plumbing mantra of the industrialized world. Most people just want sewage to go away, preferably without having to see, smell, or worse yet, touch it. But crap has a bad rap. Human waste is a valuable resource we can—and, sustainably, should— use to support food production. Blackwater, greywater and urine are actually rich in organic matter, and alternative means of handling these “wastes” can conserve enormous quantities of fresh water for other uses. The Scoop on Poop presents a wide range of ways to answer the call of nature, and in so doing to maximize the benefits of existing waste water. This book explores proven alternatives to Western waste water disposal. Whether you’re interested in composting toilets, outdoor grey- or blackwater planters, constructed wetlands, or other innovative solutions, author Dan Chiras will walk you through: u System pros and cons u Design, construction and maintenance advice u Costs, permitting issues and the safe treatment of composted waste All system plans are relatively simple and straightforward-enough so that the average F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

homeowner can build and install them. Intended for readers who live in cities, towns and rural environments, this is a practical guide to safe, ingenious ways to capture the nutrients from waste and recycle them back into your soil to grow fruit trees, vegetables, and flowers—all without running afoul of the “ick” factor.

POWER FROM THE SUN

A Practical Guide to Solar Electricity-Revised 2nd Edition by Dan Chiras

$29.95, paper. New Society. 288 pages, 7x9, b/w photos & illustrations

Written for the layman, this is the fully revised and updated guide for individuals and businesses interested in generating their own electricity using the Sun. Practical and accessible, it provides a basic understanding of electricity, wiring, and solar energy, and guides the reader through site assessment and determining the type of system needed, providing a solid understanding of grid-tied and off-grid systems, along with important guidelines on installation. Power from the Sun - 2nd Edition discusses types of PVs and PV systems, and includes comprehensive information on recent changes and improvements in PV modules, charge controllers, inverters, batteries, generators, and net metering policies. It offers an excellent overview of the many options available, allowing the reader to make the best choices for their individual situation during the design, installation, and operation of a solar electric system. This is the definitive guide (2016 edition) for homeowners, business owners, installers, architects, and just about anyone interested in lowering energy bills while achieving greater energy independence. Among Dan Chiras’s other books are The Homeowner’s Guide to Renewable Energy and Power from the Wind.

THE YEAR-ROUND SOLAR GREENHOUSE

How to Design and Build a Net-Zero Energy Greenhouse by Lindsey Schiller & Marc Plinke

$29.95, paper. New Society. 304 pages, 7x9, b/w & colour photos

Fresh, local nutrient-dense fruits vegetables are hard to find in winter in cold climates. Growing warm-weather crops like tomatoes, bananas, avocados, and other perennials is nearly impossible using conventional structures. The solution for millions of backyard and smallscale commercial growers is self-heating solar greenhouses. The Year-round Solar Greenhouse is the one-stop guide to designing and building greenhouses that harness and store energy from the sun to create naturally heated, lush growing environments even in the depths of winter, covering principles of solar greenhouse design and siting, glazing material properties and selection, controlling heat loss, ventilation, and construction methods. Additionally, an in-depth section covers


F sustainable ways of heating the greenhouse without fossil fuels, including using thermal mass and storing heat underground with a ground to air heat exchanger. Variations include attached solar greenhouses, earth sheltered greenhouses, plus integrating hydroponics and aquaponics. More than a dozen case studies from across North America provide inspiration and demonstrate specific challenges and solutions for growing year-round in any climate. Grow your own food, anytime, anywhere using the power of the sun! These authors have designed and helped build hundreds of energy-efficient greenhouses from small residential structure to acre-sized commercial facilities.

Gardening & Permaculture TERRA PRETA

How the World’s Most Fertile Soul Can Help Reverse Climate Change and Reduce World Hunger by Ute Schueb & friends $21.95, paper. Greystone. 210 pages

Terra preta, meaning black earth in Portuguese, is a very dark, fertile soil first made by the original inhabitants of the Amazon Basin at least 2,500 years ago. According to a growing community of international scientists, this ancient soil, sometimes referred to as biochar, could solve two of the greatest problems facing the world: climate change and the hunger crisis. This comprehensive book condenses everything we know about terra preta and provides instructions for how to make it. Both passionate and practical, the book offers indispensable advice for how to create a better world from the ground up—including instructions on how to make this soil at home. Perhaps the most important advance might be that farmers and gardeners are now able to produce at low costs their own high-quality biochar, one of the most important ingredients of terra preta, instead of buying it from industrial producers. To provide the most up-to-date information in this do-it-yourself guide, the English edition of the book was augmented to include new compelling climate farming stories, improved recipes for soil fertility, and instructions for how to make biochar… How long the soil of our one and only planet remains fertile is in our hands. With terra preta and the knowledge of how best to use it in different scenarios, we can begin to create a modern garden paradise worldwide where we can live better than we do now: a paradise 2.0.

THE FOOD FOREST HANDBOOK Design and Manage a Home-Scale Perennial Polyculture Garden by Darrell Frey & Michelle Czolba

$39.95, paper. New Society. 480 pages, 7x9, b/w photos & illustrations

A food forest is a productive landscape developed around a mix of trees and perennials. Rooted in permaculture principles, this integrated approach to gardening incorporates a variety of plants such as fruit and nut trees, shrubs, vines, and perennial herbs and vegetables. Food forests can help

GARDENING WISDOM

F

Street Farms & Permaculture

STREET FARM

Growing Food, Jobs, and Hope on the Urban Frontier by Michael Ableman $39.95, paper. Chelsea Green. 238 pages, 7x10, colour photos

Street Farm is the awesome account of residents in the downtown eastside in Vancouver, British Columbia—one of the worst urban slums in North America and the poorest postal code in Canada—who joined together to create an urban farm as a means of addressing the chronic problems in their neighborhood. It is a story of recovery, of land and food, of people, and of the power of farming and nourishing others as a way to heal our world and ourselves. During the past seven years, Sole Food Street Farms— now North America’s largest urban farm project—has transformed acres of vacant and contaminated urban land into street farms that grow artisan-quality fruits and vegetables. By providing jobs, agricultural training, and inclusion in a community of farmers and food lovers, the Sole Food project has empowered dozens of individuals with limited resources who are managing addiction and chronic mental health problems. Sole Foods’ mission is to encourage small farms in every urban neighborhood so that good food can be accessible to all, and to do so in a manner that allows everyone to participate in the process. In Street Farm, author-photographer-farmer Michael Ableman chronicles the challenges, growth, and success of this groundbreaking project and presents compelling portraits of the neighborhood residents-turned-farmers whose lives have been touched by it. Throughout, he also weaves his philosophy and insights about food and farming, as well as the fundamentals that are the underpinnings of success for both rural farms and urban farms. Street Farm will inspire individuals and communities everywhere by providing a clear vision for combining innovative farming methods with concrete social goals, all of which aim to create healthier and more resilient communities. “Street Farm is a story of how to bring cities back to life, literally and emotionally. Read how Michael Ableman gardens society, grows well-being, weeds out despair, and sows hope in this wonderfully written testament to life.” —Paul Hawken, author of Blessed Unrest “Documents that generating paradise by growing vegetables amidst the urban jungles also rehabilitates lost souls, builds community, and creates genuine economic value. Street Farm is a great antidote to pessimism, illustrating how even seemingly broken people can contribute to themselves, to society, and to our shared ecology.” —Gabor Maté, author of In the Realm of Hungry Ghosts increase biodiversity, protect valuable habitat

management of

THE PERMACULTURE TRANSITION MANUAL A Comprehensive Guide to Resilient Living by Ross Mars, foreword by Rob Hopkins $34.95, paper. New Society. 288 pages, 7x9, b/w illustrations

Caught between climate change and a fossil fuel-driven economy that demands ever more growth, the world faces a great transition—by design or disaster—away from fossil fuels to a less energy intensive future. But what proven tools are available to aid in making a successful, deliberate transition to a resilient, sustainable future? For the first time, the power of permaculture design has been brought to bear on the great transition problem. In the process, acclaimed permaculture teacher and designer Ross Mars has distilled his considerable knowledge into the ultimate resource for resilient living. The Permaculture Transition Manual is packed with information on permaculture design principles, soil building, nutrient-dense food growing, including top plant and tree selections for all climatic zones. Coverage extends to rainwater harvesting and irrigation, human waste management, and strategies for rural properties plus a unique focus on applying permaculture to small urban spaces for decluttering and efficient food growing. Also covered are hand tools, food preservation, energy production, and low-carbon housing and a plethora of nearly forgotten skills such as soap making, basket weaving, seed saving, and rope and candle making, and more. On the desert island of a world in decline this is the one-stop guide to vibrant, resilient living you’ll want to take with you. Ross Mars manages Candlelight Farm, a permaculture demonstration site and training center in Western Australia.

for beneficial insects, and promote food security and resilience, all while providing an abundant harvest. The Food Forest Handbook is a practical manual for the design and BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

a home-scale perennial polyculture garden. Simple, straightforward instructions guide the reader through: u Getting started site assessment and planning u Tending the forest garden maintaining soil health, succession planning, mulching, pruning and more u The fruits of your labor crop profiles, harvest, storage, nutrition and recipes This timely book makes the concept of food forests accessible to everyone. Focusing on the potential of perennial polyculture to enhance local food systems, The Food Forest Handbook shows the reader how to mix

36

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

and match plants in unique combinations to establish bountiful landscapes and create genuine self-reliance in years to come.

MIRACULOUS ABUNDANCE

One Quarter Acre, Two French Farmers, and Enough Food to Feed the World by Perrine & Charles Hervé-Gruyer $34.95, paper. Chelsea Green. 252 pages, colour photos

When Charles and Perrine Herv-Gruyer set out to create their farm in an historic Normandy village, they had no idea just how much their lives would change. Neither one had ever farmed before. Charles had been circumnavigating the globe by sail, operating a floating school that taught students about ecology and indigenous cultures. Perrine had been an international lawyer in Japan. Each had returned to France to start a new life. Eventually, Perrine joined Charles in Normandy, and Le Ferme du Bec Hellouin was born. Since then the farm has become a celebrated model of innovative, ecological agriculture in Europe, connected to national and international organizations addressing food security, and heralded by celebrity chefs as well as the Slow Food movement. Miraculous Abundance is the eloquent tale of the couple’s evolution from creating a farm to sustain their family to delving into an experiment in how to grow the most food possible, in the most ecological way possible, and create a farm model that can carry us into a post-carbon future—when oil is no longer moving goods and services, energy is scarcer, and localization is a must. Today, the farm produces a variety of vegetables using a mix of permaculture, bio-intensive, four-season, and natural farming techniques--as well as techniques gleaned from native cultures around the world. It has some animals for eggs and milk, horses for farming, a welcome center, a farm store, a permaculture school, a bread oven for artisan breads, greenhouses, a cidery, and a forge. It has also become the site of research focusing on how small organic farms like theirs might confront Europe’s (and the world’s) projected food crisis. But in this honest and engaging account of the trials and joys of their uncompromising effort, readers meet two people who are farming the future as much as they are farming their land. They envision farms like theirs someday being the hub for a host of other businesses that can drive rural communities—from bread makers and grain millers to animal care givers and other tradespeople. Market farmers and home gardeners alike will find much in these pages, but so will those who’ve never picked up a hoe. The couples account of their quest to design an almost Edenlike farm, hone their practices, and find new ways to feed the world is an inspiring tale. It is also a love letter to a future in which people increasingly live in rural communities that rely on traditional skills, locally created and purveyed goods and services, renewable energy, and greater local governance, but are also connected to the larger world.


F

ANIMALS & TREES & I-MINDS without doubt we must recognize each animal is an individual deserving of our compassion and respect. A Plea for the Animals is fascinating, instructive, and compelling, speaking to us on both an intellectual and emotional level.” —Jane Goodall

Frank Tozer’s Gardening Guides

THE ORGANIC GARDENER’S HANDBOOK

A users manual for the organic vegetable garden by Frank Tozer $41.95, paper. Green Man. 288 pages, 8x11, b/w illustrations

The Organic Gardener’s Handbook covers every aspect of creating, managing and working in the organic vegetable garden. There are chapters on climate, site selection, soil science, fertility, bed preparation, composting, cover crops, planning, raising seedlings, direct sowing, watering, harvesting, weeding, pests, seed saving, harvesting, storage, season extension, greenhouses and more! It covers both the art and science of gardening with sufficient depth to have been used as a textbook in college horticulture classes, yet it explains everything in an easily understood and even entertaining manner. Whether you are a complete novice, or a veteran gardener, you will want to keep this book out in the garden shed with your tools. It is intended to be used in conjunction with its companion book, The New Vegetable Grower’s Handbook, which covers the cultivation of individual crops. This new edition has been extensively revised, updated and expanded to be even more complete and authoritative, and is likely to be the most complete and useful guide to organic vegetable gardening that you will find anywhere.

THE HIDDEN LIFE OF TREES

What They Feel, How They Communicate —Discoveries from a Secret World by Peter Wohlleben $29.95, cloth. Greystone. 270 pages

In The Hidden Life of Trees, a forester’s fascinating stories, supported by the latest scientific research, reveal the extraordinary world of forests and illustrate how trees communicate and care for each other. It’s a powerful reminder to slow down and tune into the language of nature. In this international bestseller (first published in Germany) forester Peter Wohlleben draws on groundbreaking scientific discoveries to describe how trees are like human families; tree parents live together with their children, communicate with them, support them as they grow, share nutrients with those who are sick or struggling, and even warn each other of impending dangers. With their newfound understanding of the delightfully complex life of trees, readers will never be able to look at a walk in the woods the same way again. He convincingly makes the case that the forest is a social network. And it’s been around long before humans arrived.

Home vegetable gardening is the most productive way to grow food that humans have every devised. In the future a vegetable garden will be as integral a part of the home as the kitchen and most people will once again produce a significant proportion of their own food. Rather than simply an interesting and rewarding hobby, home vegetable gardening is one of the natural activities of humans and will be an integral part of a sustainable future.

“Tozer is a plantsman of the old school, who can teach even highly experience growers a thing or two.” —Hortideas

THE NEW VEGETABLE GROWERS HANDBOOK A users manual for the organic vegetable garden by Frank Tozer $37.50, paper. Green Man Publishing. 320 pages, 8x11, b/w illustrations

The New Vegetable Growers Handbook is an updated version of Frank Tozer’s acclaimed book The Vegetable Growers Handbook. Like the original, it covers every aspect of growing all of the common crops (and a number of uncommon ones). As a longtime home gardener, the author knows exactly what information you need to succeed and presents it in a clear, thorough, and even entertaining fashion. There are step-by-step instructions on soil preparation, variety selection, raising transplants, direct sowing, watering, protection, harvesting, storage, seed saving, and much more. He doesn’t just tell you what to do and when to do it, he also tells you why, by explaining in detail how crops grow and why they sometimes don’t. The original book received high marks from reader reviewers, with comments like “fantastic,” “my gardening bible,” and “this book provides more detailed and easyto-read information on individual crops than any other gardening book I’ve seen.” This new, revised edition has been expanded by 50 percent, with more information on more crops, with the aim of creating the most useful and practical book on vegetable gardening available anywhere.

A tree’s most important means of staying connected to other trees is a “wood wide web” of soil fungi that connects vegetation in an intimate network that allows the sharing of an enormous amount of information and goods. Scientific research aimed to understanding the astonishing abilities of this partnership between fungi and plant has only just begun. The reason trees share food and communicate is that they need each other. —Tim Flannery, from the foreword

It isn’t as pretty as most other gardening books and I have no illusions that it will grace many coffee tables. That is okay though, because it is intended for the tool shed, rather than the coffee table. When you are out in your garden and need information, you don’t need to look at pictures, you need practical information.

Frank Tozer has been using and growing wild plants for more than 35 years. He lives in the Santa Cruz mountains with his family in a home he built himself. He spends much of his time in his two and a half acre garden, where he tends (at last count) more than 250 species of edible and useful plants.

Nature as Teacher & Healer A PLEA FOR THE ANIMALS

The Moral, Philosophical, and Evolutionary Imperative to Treat All Beings with Compassion by Matthieu Ricard $35.99, cloth. Shambhala. 304 pages

Every cow just wants to be happy. Every chicken just wants to be free. Every bear, dog, or mouse experiences sorrow and feels pain as intensely as any of us humans do. In a compelling appeal to reason and human kindness, Matthieu Ricard here takes the arguments from his best-sellers Altruism and Happiness to their logical conclusion: that compassion toward all beings, including our fellow animals, is a moral obligation and the direction toward which any enlightened so-

ciety must aspire. He chronicles the appalling sufferings of the animals we eat, wear, and use for adornment or “entertainment,” and submits every traditional justification for their exploitation to scientific evidence and moral scrutiny. What arises is an unambiguous and powerful ethical imperative for treating all of the animals with whom we share this planet with respect and compassion. “Are animals mere things, here for us to exploit? Or are they rather sentient, often intelligent beings, entitled to live their own lives? Matthieu Ricard examines theological, philosophical, and scientific thinking on both sides of the issue and concludes that BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

37

“A paradigm-smashing chronicle of joyous entanglement that will make you acknowledge your own entanglement in the ancient and ever-new web of being.” —Charles Foster, author of Being a Beast “Soon after we begin to recognize trees for what they are—gigantic beings thriving against incredible odds for hundreds of years—we naturally come to ask, ‘How do they do it?’ This charming book tells how.” —Hope Jahren, author of Lab Girl

BEING A BEAST

Adventures Across the Species Divide by Charles Foster $39.00, cloth. Henry Holt. 234 pages

A passionate naturalist explores what it’s really like to be an animal—by living like them. How can we ever be sure that we really know the other? To test the limits of our ability to inhabit lives that are not our own, Charles Foster set out to know the ultimate other: the non-humans, the beasts. And to do that, he tried to be like them, choos-

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

ing a badger, an otter, a fox, a deer, and a swift. He lived alongside badgers for weeks, sleeping in a sett in a Welsh hillside and eating earthworms, learning to sense the landscape through his nose rather than his eyes. He caught fish in his teeth while swimming like an otter; rooted through London garbage cans as an urban fox; was hunted by bloodhounds as a red deer, nearly dying in the snow. And he followed the swifts on their migration route over the Strait of Gibraltar, discovering himself to be strangely connected to the birds. This book… involves inching dangerously down the evolutionary tree and into a hole in a Welsh hillside, or under the rocks in a Devon river, and learning about weightlessness, the shape of the wind, boredom, mulch in the nose, and the shudder and crack of dying things… To learn what it is like to shuffle or sweep through a landscape that is mainly olfactory or auditory rather than visual. It’s a sort of literary shamanism, and it has been fantastic fun… Their sensory receptors give animals a hugely bigger palette of colors with which to paint the land than that possessed by any human artist. The intimacy with which animals relate to the land gives them an authority in their painting far greater than can be assumed even by a farmer whose ancestors have turned over every clod since the Neolithic.

A lyrical, intimate, and completely radical look at the life of animals—human and other—Being a Beast mingles neuroscience and psychology, nature writing and memoir to cross the boundaries separating the species. It is an extraordinary journey full of thrills and surprises, humor and joy. And, ultimately, it is an inquiry into the human experience in our world, carried out by exploring the full range of the life around us.

Conscious Evolution I-MINDS

How Cell Phones, Computers, Gaming, and Social Media Are Changing Our Brains, Our Behavior, and the Evolution of Our Species by Mari Swingle $19.95, paper. New Society. 240 pages

Many of us would no more go out without our cell phone than we would leave the house without clothes. We live our lives on social media, and PDAs, tablets, computers and other devices are completely integrated into our global culture. From connectedness to accessibility and instant access to information, a wealth of benefits accompanies this digital revolution. But what about the cost? Weaving together history, popular literature, media and industry hype, sociology and psychology, and observations from over 18 years of clinical practice and research, Dr. Mari Swingle explores the pervasive influence of i-technology. Engaging and entertaining yet scientifically rigorous, i-Minds demonstrates: u How constant connectivity is rapidly changing our brains u What dangers are posed to children and adults alike in this brave, new world u The positive steps we can take to embrace new technology while protecting our well-being and steering our future in a more human direction. Many of us now do not, or cannot, liberate ourselves from “accessibility” and the


F

GAIA, SCIENCE &THE BIOLOGY OF BELIEF

buzz of the world. But what is this doing to our brains? The short answer is that our brains are speeding up, but not in a good way… Elevated states of arousal are further coupled with a reduced ability to self-stimulate and self-entertain. This includes reduced abilities to observe, integrate information, and to be creative. In essence, we have less ability to sustain focus on the normal, the baseline, including states of observation, contemplation, and transitions from which ideas spark—what many under the age of twenty now consider a void, proclaiming boredom. We now feel agitated when not externally stimulated; we need to be occupied, entertained. We also have greater troubles quieting, including reaching states of repose, satisfaction, and restorative sleep. The implications of this are vast. On a biological as well as a cultural level, such brain state changes affect learning, socialization, recreation, partnering, parenting, and creativity—in essence all factors that make a society and a culture.

This extraordinary book is a virtually indispensable look at a revolution where the only constant is change—food for thought about which aspects of technology we should embrace, what we should unequivocally reject, and the many facets of the digital era that we should now be debating.

Science, Brain-Mind & Gaia THE EARTH AND I

by James Lovelock, et al

$39.95, cloth. Taschen America. 168 pages, 8x10, colour illustrations, foldouts

Human beings are extraordinary creatures. Intelligent, agile, and curious, we have adapted and invented our way to becoming the most important species on the planet. So great is the extent of our influence, that many speak of a new geological era, the Anthropocene, an age defined by human-induced change to the blue and green globe we call home. Our lofty status comes with responsibility as much as possibility: How should we approach our present and future? What knowledge should we carry with us? Conceived by James Lovelock, inventor of the Gaia theory, this illustrated essay collection brings together an all-star line-up of thinkers and scientists to offer essential understanding about who we are, how we live, and where we might be going. Much as the Gaia theory considers our earth as an integrated whole of living systems, The Earth and I encourages holistic understanding. Across 12 chapters, we take in both the intricate details and immense structures of our species and our planet, from our ever-expanding universe to our minuscule but mighty cells. We see stellar explosions and the layers of life beneath our feet, delve into the neuroscience of decision-making, get to grips with our climate, and contemplate our increasing intimacy with technology. The book’s world-class contributors include quantum physicist Lisa Randall, Astronomer Royal Martin Rees, Pulitzer Prize-winning biologist Edward O. Wilson, and Nobel Prize-winning neuroscientist Eric Kandel. With lively illustrations from British artist Jack

Hudson, the result is an inspiration for curious minds young and old, and a trusted tool kit for an informed and enlightened future.

$22.95, paper. Monkfish. 160 pages

New in Paperback

$22.95, paper. Sounds True. 328 pages

Why is it so difficult to change our beliefs and behaviors even when we know they no longer serve us? How can certain individuals reverse incurable disease while others suffer the effects of childhood wounds despite years of therapy? These are the questions readers will explore in this book from Uruguayan clinical neuropsychologist and biocognitive science founder Dr. Mario Martinez. In The MindBody Code, Dr. Martinez challenges us to embrace a radically new paradigm for health and well-being. Readers will not only learn the basics of this fascinating cutting-edge science, but they will also learn to communicate with the body in its own biosymbolic language for results that until this point may have been elusive at best. Martinez reveals the way our cultural beliefs impact our immune system, the pathway to healing the archetypal wounds of shame, abandonment, and betrayal, and much more. The concepts and exercises you will learn in this book are based on how the brain assimilates new ways of thinking and interpreting, rather than on what may feel comfortable or easy to understand. This is because the mindbody code is not based on reason. Instead, the code interprets the symbols we create based on the subtle cultural beliefs we have been taught… This book is about how to access the mindbody code so that you can change any beliefs you hold that do not serve you well.

Highlights include:

u Stories and examples from scientific

studies that demonstrate how belief systems set us up for illness and self-sabotaging behavior u Useful methods for discerning where we hold conflict and imbalance in our bodies and how we can heal it u A practical training manual for developing a “worthiness-consciousness’ that transforms our health and our relationships.

THE BIOLOGY OF BELIEF (10th ANNIVERSARY EDITION) Unleashing the Power of Consciousness, Matter & Miracles by Bruce Lipton

Beautiful Science

A Dialogue on the Future of Science and Spirit by Rupert Sheldrake & Michael Shermer

THE MINDBODY CODE

How to Change the Beliefs that Limit Your Health, Longevity, and Success by Mario Martinez

ARGUING SCIENCE

F

New in Paperback

$16.99, paper. Hay House. 336 pages

New scientific discoveries about the biochemical effects of the brain’s functioning show that all the cells of your body are affected by your thoughts. Cell biologist Bruce Lipton describes the precise pathways molecular through which this occurs. Using simple language, illustrations, humor, and everyday examples, he demonstrates how the new science of epigenetics is revolutionizing our understanding of the BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

38

Sheldrake argues that science needs to free itself from materialist dogma while Shermer contends that science, properly conceived, is a materialistic enterprise; for science to look beyond materialist explanations is to betray science and engage in superstition. Among the subjects discussed are materialism and its role in science, whether belief in God is compatible with a scientific perspective, and parapsychology. This book will especially appeal to Shermer and Sheldrake fans as well as to readers of Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins, and Francis S. Collins (The Language of God). It will have great appeal to all readers interested in the God vs Science question, as well spiritual seekers looking for an intellectual framework for their spiritual beliefs. Michael Shermer is an American historian of science, founder of The Skeptics Society, and Editor of its magazine Skeptic, which is largely devoted to investigating pseudoscientific and supernatural claims. Rupert Sheldrake, a biologist and author, is best known for his hypothesis of morphic fields and morphic resonance, which leads to a vision of a living, developing universe with its own inherent memory. He worked in developmental biology at Cambridge University, where he was a Fellow of Clare College. From 2005 to 2010 he was Director of the Perrott-Warrick project, funded from Trinity College, Cambridge. Among his many books are Science Set Free and The Rebirth of Nature.

A BEAUTIFUL QUESTION

Finding Nature’s Deep Design by Frank Wilczek $24.00, paper. Tarcher/Putnam. 448 pages, colour photos

New in Paperback

Does the universe embody beautiful ideas? Artists and scientists throughout human history have pondered this beautiful question. With Nobel physics laureate Frank Wilczek as your guide, embark on a voyage of related discoveries, from Plato and Pythagoras up to the present. Looking for a deeper order of beauty in nature, every major advance in Wilczek’s career came from this intuition: to assume that the universe embodies beautiful forms, forms whose hallmarks are symmetry, harmony, balance, proportion and economy. There are other meanings of beauty, but this is the deep logic of the universe and it is no accident that it is also at the heart of what we find aesthetically pleasing and inspiring. As he reveals in A Beautiful Question, using beauty as a compass has been the heart of scientific pursuit from Pythagoras, the ancient Greek who was the first to argue that all things are number, to Galileo, Newton, Maxwell, Einstein, and into the deep waters of twentieth century physics. Though the ancients weren’t right about everything, their ardent belief in the music of the spheres has proved true down to the quantum level. Indeed, Wilczek explores just how intertwined our ideas about beauty and art are with our scientific understanding of the cosmos. A Beautiful Question brings us right to the edge of knowledge today, where the core insights of even the craziest quantum ideas apply principles we all understand. The equations for atoms and light are almost literally the same equations that govern musical instruments and sound; the subatomic particles that are responsible for most of our mass are determined by simple geometric symmetries. The universe itself seems to want to embody beautiful and elegant forms. When we find that our sense of beauty is realized in the physical world, we are discovering something about the world, but also something about ourselves. Gorgeously illustrated, A Beautiful Question is a mind-shifting book. Yes: The world is a work of art, and its deepest truths are ones we already feel, as if they were somehow written in our souls. “Anyone who wants to see how science and transcendence can be compatible must read this book.” —Deepak Chopra

link between mind and matter, and the profound effects it has on our personal lives and the collective life of our species. This 10th-anniversary edition of The Biology of Bruce Lipton Belief has been updated to bolster the book’s central premise with the latest scientific discoveries—and there have been a lot in the last decade. The Biology of Belief is a groundbreaking work in the field of “new biology.” Former medical school professor and research scientist Bruce Lipton presents his experiments, and those of other scientists, which detail the mechanisms by which cells receive and process information. The implications of this research radically change our understanding of life, showing that genes and DNA do not con-

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

trol our biology; instead, DNA is controlled by signals from outside the cell, including the energetic messages emanating from our positive and negative thoughts. This profoundly hopeful synthesis of research in cell biology and quantum physics has been hailed as a major breakthrough, showing that our bodies change as we retrain our thinking. Highlights: u How environment—including our thoughts and emotions—controls the character of every cell u Quantum physics and life: the key to understanding the bigger picture of how mind over matter works u Cooperation and evolution—moving beyond the “selfish gene” theory to see that a natural trend toward harmony literally shapes the biosphere u Why the oft-dismissed placebo effect is really the most powerful healing tool we have, and much more.


F

N E U R O -, K I D S , B I R T H & Y O U T H

Neuro-Connections

Instead of just leaving the arising of joy to chance, it’s helpful to remember what awakens it in you. To a large degree our experience of joy is supported by how much we actually nourish our spirits. Nourishing our spirits is usually connected with engaging in healthy activities and experiences. If we’re too busy to nourish our spirits, we’re too busy. Try this exercise…

WIRED TO CONNECT

The Surprising Link Between Brain Science and Strong, Healthy Relationships by Amy Banks, with Leigh Ann Hirschman $21.00, paper. Tarcher. 308 pages

Research shows that people cannot reach their full potential unless they are in healthy connection with others. Dr. Amy Banks teaches us how to rewire our brains for healthier relationships and happier, more fulfilling lives. We all experience moments when we feel isolated and alone. A 2006 Purdue University study found that twenty-five percent of Americans cannot name a single person they feel close to. Yet every single one of us is hardwired for close relationships. The key to more satisfying relationships—be it with a significant other, a family member, or a colleague—is to strengthen the neural pathways in our brains that encourage closeness and connection. In this groundbreaking book, Dr. Banks give us a road map for developing the four distinct neural pathways in the brain that underlie the four most important ingredients for close relationships:calmness, acceptance, emotional resonance, and energy. Wired to Connect gives you the tools you need to strengthen the parts of your brain that encourage connection and to heal the neural damage that disconnection can cause.

CALM BIRTH

Prenatal Meditation for Conscious Childbirth by Robert Newman

$23.50, paper. North Atlantic. 226 pages, b/w photos

The “trauma of childbirth” is a commonly heard phrase, but one that Calm Birth authoritatively counters. A resource for pregnant women and birth workers looking for empowering mind-body practices for a healthier kind of birth, this edition, revised with updated research and new material, shows how we can restore childbirth to its sacred status. The Calm Birth method, based on successful programs of the Harvard Medical School and the University of Massachusetts Medical Center, combines three proven practices—relaxation, meditation, and healing—with current scientific knowledge to nurture the expectant mother’s natural ability to give birth in true harmony with her body and her baby. Newman contextualizes the multilayered method within the existing literature of mind-body medicine and meditation science, as well as the meditation traditions from which two of the methods originate. In eight inspiring case studies of women who have experienced calm births, the author complements the thoughts of renowned experts including Carlos Castaneda and Carolyn Myss. This revised edition contains updated research in the fields of meditation, birth, and the prenatal period, two new birth stories, three new chapters, and new photo documentation.

Amy Banks has brilliantly created what she calls the C.A.R.E. system, which can help improve the four ways we “click” with one another: how calm we feel around others, are accepted by others, resonate with the inner states of others, and are energized by these connections. Using the CARE system as it is described in this book, readers can target the neural pathways that need fine-tuning so that the quality of their relationships increases. With an understanding of how our brain truly work we can intentionally change how we live our lives! —Daniel Siegel, MD, from the foreword

NEUROSCULPTING FOR ANXIETY Brain-changing Practices for Release from Fear, Panic, and Worry by Lisa Wimberger

New on CD

$26.95, 2 CDs. Sounds True. 2 hours

Millions of people today are beset by chronic anxiety conditions—yet pharmaceutical solutions often provide only temporary relief at a high cost. With Neurosculpting for Anxiety, Lisa Wimberger presents a proven method for addressing anxiety at its neurological roots. We experience persistent fear and worry when our natural coping mechanisms for stress get overloaded. The good news is we can use self-directed brain change to bring our nervous system back into balance.

In this powerful two-session program, you’ll learn:

u Why restoring harmony between the left and right hemispheres of the brain is the

key to overcoming anxiety

u Four guided practices for navigating stress and worry in a healthier way u On-the-spot techniques to deal with panic attacks.

Lisa Wimberger refined her Neurosculpting process by helping people in high-pressure jobs—such as firefighters, police officers, and first responders—successfully cope with the challenges of stress and overwhelm. With Neurosculpting for Anxiety, she offers proven, mindfulness-based techniques to retrain your brain for greater resilience, cultivate self-empowerment, and find lasting freedom from anxiety. Also by Lisa is her book Neurosculpting. The “missing link,” according to Lipton, is consciousness. The Biology of Belief shows how this new science radically alters both how we understand life on earth—and how we choose to live.

Family, Parenting, Education & Youth! AWAKENING JOY FOR KIDS

A hands-on guide for grown-ups to nourish themselves and raise mindful, happy children by James Baraz & Michele Lilyanna $22.95, paper. Parallax. 273 pages

Spirit Rock co-founder and teacher James Baraz’s Awakening Joy offers his large and devoted readership a program to gain contentment and happiness by cultivating the seeds of joy within. Here he joins with Michelle Lilyanna, a classroom teacher for 25 years, to offer caregivers and children ways to find joy in each day together. Packed with

practices and activities that James and Michele have gathered over their many years of working with thousands of adults and children in retreats, workshops, and the classroom, Awakening Joy for Kids is imbued with compassion and delight. What we teach our children comes back to us, and when it’s a practice of becoming present and opening our hearts, the benefits ripple beyond what we can imagine. Having a book like this when I was raising Narayan would have been a gift. The Awakening Joy course and the Awakening Joy book for adults have transformed countless lives. I was thrilled when I heard this amazing program was being adapted so that it could be taught at home and in schools. The tone and style of this guidebook is just right—inviting, warm, clear and entirely practical. The practices offered in Awakening Joy for Kids help parents, teachers, and kids to learn the pause that can make all the difference in a day, and in a lifetime. The practices and teachings in the book engage us in a shared journey with our families and our communities that contribute directly to the qualities of intimacy and love in our lives. —from the foreword by Tara Brach, author of True Refuge

This book is part of Parallax Press’ growing curriculum for parents and educators designed to cultivate joy and mindfulness in children. BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

39

Women who meditate for childbirth probably have optimal endorphin levels supporting the potential of natural childbirth. This is a very important subject for research. Endorphin production is important to a woman in avoiding the risks of medical interventions and in gaining confidence in her natural abilities in childbirth.

—from the new book, Baby Present. Inspired by her teacher, Thich Nhat Hanh, Rachel Neumann has paired simple but powerful Buddhist teachings with colorful photos of babies. Together, they remind us grown-ups to stop,

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F

“Calm Birth is the childbirth method that society and I have waited for. It does what is so deeply needed. It heals the earth by healing birth.” —Jeannine Parvati Baker, author of Conscious Conception “Calm Birth, a sublime gift to all of us, contains the blueprint for reconnecting with birth wisdom on all levels. Reading though this book and doing the practices will transform the birth process and imprint a peaceful beginning on both mother and child.” —Christiane Northrup

COOL MIND

11 Easy Ways to Relieve Stress, Boost Self-Confidence, and Improve Concentration in School, Sports, and Life by David Keefe $13.50, paper. Shambhala. 108 pages, 4x6, 2-colour illustrations

A concise but potent self-help book of easy, accessible meditation and calming techniques for teens and young adults to use when they are stressed, upset, or need to become more centered and focused. In a very “cool,” friendly, and accessible way, this small gem of a book introduces meditation, breathing practices, and visualizations to calm the mind, become more centered and focused, and be less emotionally reactive. The author draws from his experience as an athletics coach, a mindfulness counselor, and a qi gong practitioner, as well as from Zen, to address issues and emotions that young people stress about—exams, social situations, self-doubt, fear, feeling scattered or unproductive, and sports performance, among others. Using these techniques for as little as three minutes a day, he says, young people can learn to feel calmer, happier, more focused, and more able to achieve their goals. A person with a Cool Mind is not at the mercy of his or her moods, not pushing hard against the flow of life, and not losing control with wild displays of emotion… Cultivating a consciously Cool Mind is, at least in theory, one of the simplest things you can do because you don’t have to think. In fact, it’s all about practicing the art of not thinking—or at least not thinking negatively—if only for a few minutes at a time…Your Cool Mind is a calm place, and you can find it any time you need to!

breathe, be present, and enjoy life—just like the babies! It’s not a long read but it’s one that will never stop touching your heart and inspiring your practice. We give this book a resounding “Awww!”


F

PARENTING,MEN & SEX

An Inspirational Guide and Journal for Mindfully Mothering Children of All Ages by Anni Daulter & Niki Dewart $28.99, paper. North Atlantic. 464 pages, 70 colour photos

Written for mothers seeking to fulfill their soul’s work while simultaneously raising future generations, Sacred Motherhood offers women on the path of motherhood a guide back to themselves. It will help you embrace the reality that this is your spiritual life—every moment of every day, whether you are at the grocery store, changing diapers, arguing with your partner, snuggling with your baby, or dyeing your teenager’s hair pink. Greet the moments when you fall down as awakening opportunities, every bit as holy and powerful as the moments you can drop in and bliss out. Spanning the sacred and the mundane, Sacred Motherhood is both a guide and a journal, enticing you to pause momentarily to reflect and write, and then return to your mothering tasks armed

LET THEM EAT DIRT

$19.95, paper. Greystone. 288 pages

Our over-sanitized world threatens children’s health— this book shows how—but parents can change their environment into one where they’ll thrive. Babies and young kids are being raised in surroundings that are increasingly cleaner, more hyper hygienic, and more disinfected than ever before. As a result, the beneficial bacteria in their bodies is being altered, promoting conditions and diseases such as obesity, diabetes, asthma, allergies, and autism. As Let Them Eat Dirt shows, there is much that parents can do about this, including breastfeeding if possible, getting a dog, and avoiding antibiotics unless necessary—and yes,

REST, PLAY, GROW

Making Sense of Preschoolers (Or Anyone Who Acts Like One) by Deborah MacNamara

$19.95, paper. Aona. 290 pages, b/w illus.

A practical application of the work of Gordon Neufeld, one of the world’s foremost child development experts, Rest, Play, Grow offers a road map to making sense of young children, and is what every toddler, preschooler, and kindergartner wished we understood about them. Baffling and beloved, with the capacity to go from joy to frustration in seconds, young children are some of the most misunderstood people on the planet. Parents and caregivers struggle with these little ones, who are known for their extreme behaviour, from tantrums, resistance, and aggression to separation anxiety, bedtime protests, and not listening. The key to understanding youngsters lies in realizing that their challenging behaviour is not personal, nor is it a disorder or deficit. This book is not about tips, techniques, mantras, instructions, or directions, though strategies are provided to help parents find their own way based on personal insight… It is a book about taking care of young children as they are—egocentric, impulsive, inconsid-

The Modern Man’s Ultimate Guide to Purpose, Passion, and Power New in by David Wagner Paperback $16.95, paper. Watkins. 272 pages

David Wagner is a long-haired, Harley Davidson-riding meditation teacher, father, and men’s group leader with a giant ambition: to make men feel happy about being men again. Many men today are suffering a kind of quiet, desperate lost-ness. They’re not exactly in crisis. They’re able to hold it together, make a decent salary, take care of their responsibilities, stay out of trouble, and keep it all more or less together, but are they truly happy and living their full potential?

Coming in the rich tradition that stretches from Robert Bly’s classic, Iron John, and Nick Offerman’s Paddle Your Own Canoe (with a detour through Howard Stern’s Private Parts), Backbone is destined to reignite the conversa-

with a fresh perspective, renewed vision, practical tips, and creative ideas for enriching family life. For fifty-two weeks—a year of sacred motherhood—the chapters illuminate subjects that are likely to arise as the mothering journey unfolds, and present thoughtful prompts and helpful reminders relating to you, your soul, and your child. “Anni Daulter and Niki Dewart offer moms a collection of blessings. These pages are a weaving of word medicine, inspiration, and celebration. Mothers… buckle your seat belt. Read, sing, scribble, sketch, dance, dare to begin this journey, it goes one-way, toward your own inner knowing.” —Robin Lim, midwife “What a gorgeous, life-changing invitation this book is for anyone on the journey of growing into and through motherhood. It also uniquely embodies deep feminine wisdom—which we all share—and invites us to drink deeply at that source. A true gift!” —Rahima Baldwin Dancy, midwife and author of You Are Your Child’s First Teacher it is OK to let kids get a bit dirty.

Saving Your Child from an Oversanitized World by B. Brett Finlay & Marie-Claire Arrieta

BACKBONE

Relationships & Sex

Sacred Parenting

SACRED MOTHERHOOD

Men’s Soul

F

There is a lot of information being produced by some of the best scientists in the world, which we consider extremely useful for the day-to-day decision we make while raising our children, so we felt compelled t6o gather it all in one book and make it accessible to the everyday parent… Each chapter ends with a few Dos and Don’ts—these are not meant to be comprehensive medical advice, but suggestions about things to do (or not do) that are based on current scientific evidence.

A must-read for parents, teachers and any healthcare provider for children, Let Them Eat Dirt takes you inside the inside tract of a child’s gut, and shows you how to give kids the best immune start early in life.” —William Sears MD, co-author, The Baby Book erate, delightful, curious, joyful. It is about realizing that their immaturity isn’t a mistake but the humble beginning from which we all start. Rest, Play, Grow is about using insight to make sense of a child, having confidence in what you see, and having faith to take care of them from that place inside of you.

Rest, Play, Grow reveals how adults have a critical role to play in creating the conditions for young children to flourish. This is the story of how young children develop, from their intense need for attachment and the vital importance of play to discipline that preserves growth. Engagingly written, with compassion for its subjects and rich with stories from them and their parents,  Rest, Play, Grow will forever change the way you think of the preschoolers in your life. The good news is that if a parent really gets the message of this book, there will be an appreciation of the developmental process that can put them at ease. We don’t have to push the river, as most of us have become preoccupied with doing. If we know what nature requires to do its job and can provide those conditions, we can afford to relax somewhat and then celebrate the spontaneous fruit that will result… This book is a tribute to Deborah’s giftedness… you could not be in better hands.” —Gordon Neufeld, from the foreword

tion about what it means to be a man today. Backbone is a practical, stepby-step guide to help men know themselves deeply, root out weaknesses, enhance strengths, and upgrade their experience of life. Combining no-nonsense wisdom with brutally honest exercises to help men to: u Find their purpose and be on track with their vision u Access and hone their spiritual and emotional intelligence u Get free from unhelpful beliefs, patterns, and habits BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

40

AN UNCOMMON BOND A Novel by Jeff Brown

$26.95, paper. Enrealment Press. 278 pp.

In this higher consciousness love story, author Jeff Brown shares the poignant journey of Lowen and Sarah, two soulmates who have found their way to one another yet again. This intimate and revealing account is told through Lowen’s eyes, as he experiences the heights and depths that come with meeting his beloved. In this remarkably engaging exploration and evocation in the form of a story, we walk beside the lovers as they touch the divine and then struggle to ground their love in daily life. From the heights of sacred sexuality to the depths of human foible, they ultimately have to choose: surrender to this love or shrink back to mediocrity, work through their emotional baggage or flee the connection, open to the next portal of possibility or postpone it until the next lifetime. Shaped and reshaped in love’s cosmic kiln, Sarah and Lowen become a symbol of our own longing for wholeness in the presence of another. This book is a unique gem, one of the first of its kind. Rivetingly real and magically poetic, it sheds new light on the evolving relational paradigm of “uncommon bonds,” “soulmates” and Jeff Brown’s unique term “wholemates.” In a world that yearns for deep soul connection, An Uncommon Bond provides a blueprint of conscious relationship for us all-reminding us of the luminous nature of great love, and showing us the opportunities for expansion that live at its heart. “If you are ready for a whirlwind of radical honesty, bare-bone intimacy and the raw dissecting that MUST go into Sacred Relationship then read on. A jewel of the highest order.” ~Anaiya Sophia, author of Sacred Sexual Union Also by Jeff Brown is Soulshaping: A Journey of Self-Creation.

LESBIAN SEX SECRETS FOR MEN

u Live a powerful, passion-filled life.

What Every Man Wants to Know About Making Love to a Woman and Never Asks by Amy Jo Goddard & Kurt Brungardt

This work is changing the game for men. It’s saving marriages and saving lives and helping all kinds of men get their shit together and get happy and free… I’m not going to tell you what it means to be a better man, but I am going to guide you through the questions and examinations that will help you figure out what that means for you. The book is somewhat systematic… Every section has some ideas and material as well as questions for reflection and exercises to take the material deeper.

Amy Jo Goddard has spent two decades teaching and writing about sexuality. An advocate for adult sex education, she teaches women’s sexual empowerment programs and couple programs. This is her first book (first published in 2000), now revised and expanded. What gives women the most pleasure? Lesbian Sex Secrets for Men opens the doors of the bedrooms of gay women to answer your most intimate questions about making love to a woman. This frank, wonderfully illuminating book draws on the sexual advice and sex secrets of lesbians to help

This book is born from the many conversations Wagner’s had with the men he meets on the road, along with his own personal journey as a man and father. The Wild Man is the antidote to the “mild man”—that modern day male creature that has forgotten what he has inside and has given up his power. He lacks passion and purpose. There is a Wild Man and a Mild Man in every modern male. Wherever you are and however you relate to manhood and masculinity, Wagner invites you to wholeheartedly join in the conversation.

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

$21.00, paper. Penguin. 298 pages


F

RELATIONSHIPS & WOMEN Women & The Goddess

Conscious Loving, Conscious Uncoupling CONSCIOUS LOVING EVER AFTER

How to Create Thriving Relationships at Midlife and Beyond by Gay & Katie Hendricks

GODDESSES NEVER AGE

The Secret Prescription for Radiance, Vitality, and Well-Being by Christiane Northrup

$15.99, paper. Hay House. 222 pages

Are you passionately dedicated to experiencing your full capacity for love? If so, you are in for a thrilling ride on the greatest journey imaginable. Did you know: That as you get older, your love life can get better. That instead of fading, your relationships can flourish. That you can have more exquisite love and more passionate sex in the second half of life than you ever had before. Kathlyn and Gay Hendricks , the human potential pioneering authors of the original book Conscious Loving, show you how in this seasoned guide to creating vibrant and joyful connections from your mid-40s onward. Midlife is a time when we all face a choice: to settle into fixed routines and beliefs or to expand toward new horizons. With candor, compassion, and plenty of humor, drawing on experiments in the living laboratory of their own marriage as well as stories from their clients and colleagues, Katie and Gay offer insights and practices Gay & Katie Hendricks to help you: u Expand & enrich love by making your own creative essence your top priority u Take blame and criticism out of your communication with those you love

$16.99, paper. Hay House. 408 pages

Though we talk about wanting to age gracefully, the truth is that when it comes to getting older, we’re programmed to dread an inevitable decline: in our health, our looks, our sexual relationships, even the pleasure we take in living life. But as Christiane Northrup, M.D., shows us in this empowering book, we can make growing older an entirely different experience, for both our bodies and our souls. In chapters that blend personal stories and practical exercises with the latest research on health and aging, Dr. Northrup lays out the principles of ageless living, from rejecting processed foods to releasing stuck emotions, from embracing our sensuality to connecting deeply with our Divine Source. Explaining that the state of our health is dictated far more by our beliefs than by our biology, she works to shift our perceptions about getting older and show us what we are entitled to expect from our later years—no matter what our culture tries to teach us to the contrary-including: u Vibrant good health u A fulfilling sex life u The capacity to love without losing ourselves u The ability to move our bodies with ease and joy u Clarity and authenticity in all our relationships—especially the one we have with ourselves.

Here’s a practical definition of the kind of creativity that opens up new vistas in love: creativity is anything that opens awareness of new ways your body and mind can play… Pretty much anything that can give your body and mind a stretch will work wonders in your love life… The act of creating vibrates the tuning fork of your deepest aliveness and ripples those waves of delight through you and to others.

Whether you’re partnered or single, Conscious Loving Ever After can light your way through the layers of unconscious relating that so many of us get caught in. From a Ten-Minute Stuff Talk and a Ten-Minute Heart Talk to a range of whole-body learning processes designed to translate ideas into action, here are tools to transform your romantic life so you can thrive in your full capacity for love. We want you to use this book as a practical manual for increasing the felt experience of love and creativity in your life. We’ll be showing you the key concepts and central practices that can take you from routine to renewal and from impasse to passion… You’ll learn powerful ways to produce magic in your relationships throughout later life.

CONSCIOUS UNCOUPLING

5 Steps to Living Happily Even After by Katherine Woodward Thomas $22.99, paper. Bantam. 320 pages

New in Paperback

And Then They Lived Happily… We enter our romantic relationships with great love, hope, and excitement—we’ve found the ‘one’, so we plan and forge our futures together. But sometimes, for many different reasons, relationships come undone; they don’t work out; they’ve served their purpose. Commonly, we view this as a personal failure, rather than an opportunity. And instead of honoring what we once meant to each other, we hoard bitterness and anger, stewing in shame and resentment.  Sometimes even lashing out in destructive and hurtful ways, despite the fact that we’re good people at heart. That’s natural: we’re almost biologically primed to respond this way. Yet there is another path to the end of a relationship--one filled with mutual respect, kindness, and deep caring. Katherine Woodward Thomas’s Conscious Uncoupling, provides the valuable skills and tools for you to travel this challenging terrain with these five thoughtful and thought-provoking steps: 1. Find Emotional Freedom 2. Reclaim Your Power and Your Life 3. Break the Pattern, Heal Your Heart 4. Become a Love Alchemist 5. Create Your Happy Even After Life This paradigm-shifting guide will steer you away from a bitter end and toward a new life that’s empowered and flourishing. “Now, thanks to Thomas’s brilliant and beautifully written manifesto, anyone going through the ending of a relationship has an opportunity not only to heal from heartache but to evolve human relationships, and thus humanity, to a new level.” —Claire Zammit, of FemininePower.com “A sensible and very helpful five-step approach to turning the tragedy of a breakup into a new, healthy beginning instead of a wound that keeps festering.” —John Gottman, author of The Seven Principles for Making Marriage Work

men become better lovers. From the titillating to the taboo, from kisses to climaxes, G-Spots to the Big O, here is a friendly, experienced road map to the hot spots and nether regions of the female body and psyche that will help you create new levels of intimacy and sexual pleasure. Filled with interviews, surveys, and the uncensored voices of women speaking honestly about what they want in a lover as well as tips, techniques, and sensual games, Lesbian Sex Secrets for Men unveils: u What women really want in bed u How to master the Sapphic arts—and en-

Agelessness is all about vitality, the creative force that gives birth to new life.

Goddesses Never Age is filled with tools and inspiration for bringing vitality and vibrancy into your own ageless years—and it all comes together in Dr. Northrup’s 14-Day Ageless Goddess Program, your personal prescription for creating a healthful, soulful, joyful new way of being at any stage of life. Among Dr. Northrup’s other books are Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom and The Secret Pleasures of Menopause.

PUSSY

A Reclamation by Regena Thomashauer

$24.99, cloth. Hay House. 256 pages

joy the female body in a fantastic new way

u The pleasures of sensual massage u The ins and outs of erotic love: total sur-

render and total control

u Your most important sexual tool (hint:

it’s between your ears)

u Ways of opening up the channels of sexual

communication… as well as where fantasies come in, the joys of toys, and relationship roadblocks and how to get past them. Amy Jo Goddard’s newer book (2015) is Woman On Fire: Nine Elements to Wake up Your Erotic Energy, Personal Power and Sexual Intelligence. BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

41

Regena Thomashauer, creatrix of Mama Gena’s School of Womanly Arts, has spent 20 years helping women unlearn the lessons our culture teaches—that a “successful” life means achieving, accomplishing, and taking care of others—and showing them how to connect deeply with their own source of feminine power. It hasn’t escaped her notice that the word that most viscerally sums up that power is “arguably the most powerful pejorative word in the English language.” In this book, she steps forward “to return that word to its rightful place—as the highest of all possible compliments, as a sacred living prayer.” Pussy is written to reacquaint women with

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

F their own power source—both figuratively, with insight into the divine feminine as a force in the world, and literally, with instructions for developing “cliteracy” and understanding what makes them tick sensually. Regena walks readers through “pussy rehab” to help them awaken a part of themselves they’ve been taught to ignore, repress, even despise, and she lays out the steps to living a turned-on life—which simply means authentic, radiant, and open to pleasure and joy. Readers learn turn-on strategies including dance breaks, brags, favorite frames, and gratitudes that all help readers speak their truth and ignite their spirit, and exercises such as Swamping give them a way to process intense emotion by moving it through their bodies. Every key of a woman’s emotional, physical, and spiritual keyboard is invited to play. We rage madly together, weep to our ancient bones together, and raise the roof dancing in rapturous celebration of the privilege of life itself, together. Each woman feeling more herself because of the presence of the others… This book is my offering. It contains everything I have learned, everything I have longed to share with a wider audience… It will walk you through the journey that each woman takes in the Mastery program, which mirrors the journey that each woman takes in her life.

By turns earthy and erudite, passionately argued and laugh-out-loud funny, Pussy delivers the tools and practices a woman requires to do and be whatever she wants in this life. It’s a call for her to tune in, turn on, and not drop out—but live more richly, fully, and lusciously than she ever thought she could. “For years Regena has devoted herself to women, to awakening their sensuality and their life force. This book is… the cal to reconnect with the most vital, holy force in the world, your pussy. It’s time now!” —Eve Ensler, author of In the Body of the World Also by Regena are Mama Gena’s School of Womanly Arts and Mama Gena’s Owner’s and Operator’s Guide to Men.

THE NEW DIVINE FEMININE Spiritual Evolution for a Woman’s Soul by Meghan Don

$22.95, paper. Llewellyn. 290 pages

In this book Meghan Don brings forward Gnostic and mystical teachings on the Divine Feminine that have not been previously given in written form. Experience an evolutionary journey and initiation into the deeper mysteries of the Feminine World Soul through reflections, prayers, meditations, and ancient feminine chants. Learn about the Seven Faces of the Feminine, including the Light and Dark Faces of the Daughter, the Mother, the Crone or Grandmother, and the Pure Virgin or Enlightened Being of one’s true nature. The New Divine Feminine shows you how to access each of the Seven Faces in your everyday life, draw confidence and strength from them, and trust in your own soul voice and vision. No matter your spiritual beliefs, you can access each divine face and gain empowerment from this guide’s exploration of powerful, sacred women, including Mary Magdalene, Lilith, the Black Madonna, and Teresa of Avila. It is the varied and unique light and dark feminine faces that we explore throughout this book, seeking to bring forth their true power and light in the form of the daugh-


F

THE DIVINE FEMININE & THE DARK GODDESS

ter, mother, and grandmother, or crone. And, most importantly, we look toward the unification of the light and dark faces, for this is where our true nature and strength reside—our virgin or pure radiant awareness. When we are able to enter into unification, we not only bring about our own spiritual evolution but also the resurrection of the soul of the world, the feminine soul, in her full creative power.

“This may well be the best book written on the divine feminine. It is not only a book ‘about’ spiritual evolution, it is immediate, inwardly felt. These alive words awaken truths already present but covered over for centuries… This is a book of waking up, of becoming our nature. A book everyone should read!” —Robert Sardello, author of Silence: The Mystery of Wholenesss

SHEELA NA GIG

The Dark Goddess of Sacred Power by Starr Goode $41.95, cloth. Inner Traditions. 448 pages, 8x10, b/w illustrations

For millennia, the human imagination has been devoted to the Goddess, so it is hardly a surprise to find images of supernatural females like Sheela na gigs adorning sacred and secular architecture throughout Ireland, England, Wales, and Scotland. Appearing on rural churches, castles, bridges, holy wells, tombs, and standing stones, these powerful images of a figure fearlessly displaying her vulva embody the

power of the Dark Goddess over the mysteries of sex, life, death, and rebirth. Exploring the art and myth of the Sheela na gig from Celtic and Classical times back to Paleolithic cave art, Starr Goode shows how the Sheela embraces a conundrum of opposites: she clearly offers up her ripe sex yet emanates a repelling menace from the upper half of her hag-like body. Through more than 150 photographs, the author shows how the Sheela is a goddess with the power to renew, a folk deity used to help women survive childbirth, and, as a guardian of doorways and castle walls, a liminal entity representing the gateway to the divine. She explains how these powerful images survived eradication during the rise of Christianity and retained their preeminent positions on sacred sites, including medieval churches. The author provides meditations on the individual Sheelas she encountered during

A Celestial Influences, Astrological Wall Calendar, $18.50 Pocket Astrologer, (Pacific Time) $10.50

t Banyen, we offer over 200 calendars for 2017, any of which you can peruse and order on our website, by phone, or in the store. From the fantastic to the cosmic, from the natural to the artful there are wall calendars, mini calendars, posters, engagement calendars and dayplanners, as well as page-a-days. Here are a few of our most popular ones ...

F

her 25 years of research, allowing readers to commune with these icons and feel the power they emanate. Exploring comparable figures such as Baubo, Medusa, the Neolithic Frog Goddess, and vulva depictions in cave art, she reveals the female sacred display to be a universal archetype, the most enduring image of creativity throughout history, and illustrates how cultures from Africa and Ecuador to India and Australia possess similar images depicting goddesses parting their thighs to reveal sacred powers. Explaining the role of the Sheela na gig in restoring the Divine Feminine, the author shows the Sheela to be an icon that makes visible the cycles of birth, death, and renewal all humans experience and a necessary antidote to centuries of suppression of the primal power of women, of nature, and of the imagination.

Moonlight Moonphase Wall Poster, $17.50

Zen Mind, Wall Calendar, $19.95

We’Moon Gaia Rhythms for Womyn, Spiral Datebook, $26.95

The Spirit of Place, Wall Calendar, $19.95 Illuminated Rumi, Wall Calendar, $19.95

Shaman Paintings of Boulet, Wall Calendar, $18.955

Multifaith, Wall Calendar, $15.95

Stella Natura Biodynamic Planting Calendar & Guide, $22.95

Pema Chodron: Awakening the Heart, Wall Calendar, $19.95

Sierra Club Wilderness Wall Calendar, $21.00

Emily Carr, Wall Calendar, $18.95

Inner Reflections, Engagement Calendar, $18.50

Present Moment Wall Calendar, $19.95

Thich Nhat Hanh, Wall Calendar, $19.95

BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

42

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

Sierra Club Engagement Calendar, $22.50

Unlikely Friendships, Wall Calendar, $19.95


F

INDEX OF AUTHORS & THEIR TITLES

F

Ableman, Michael.

Ferrucci, Piero

Keepin, William

Newman, Robert

Sheldrake, Rupert

Street Farm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

The Power of Kindness. . . . . . . 27

Belonging to God . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Calm Birth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Arguing Science . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Abson, Maureen.

Finlay, B. Brett

Kelly, Laura

Nichtern, David

Shiva, Vandana

Healing Massage . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Let Them Eat Dirt. . . . . . . . . . . 40

Adyashanti,

Flannery, Tim

Awakening from the Daydream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

• Seed Sovereignty, Food Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Resurrecting Jesus . . . . . . . . . . 26

Atmosphere of Hope . . . . . . . . 33

The Healthy Bones Nutrition Plan and Cookbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

• Water Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Fleming, David

Khyentse, Dzongsar Jamyang

Nichtern, Ethen

Almaas, A.H.

The Road Home . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Endless Enlightenment . . . . . . 26

Surviving the Future. . . . . . . . . 34

Norris, Gunilla

• Who Really Feeds the World? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Amidon, Pir Elias

Foster, Charles

On the Wing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Silver, Tosha

Northrup, Christiane

Outrageous Openness . . . . . . . 20

Goddesses Never Age . . . . . . . . 41

Smoley, Richard

Odier, Daniel

How God Became God . . . . . . 30

Tantric Kali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

St. John, Graham

O’Hara, Pat Enkyo Most Intimate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Mystery School in Hyperspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Oliver, Mary

Stephens, Mark

Free Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Banks, Amy Wired to Connect . . . . . . . . . . 39

Baraz, James

Being A Beast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Foster, Jeff • Falling in Love with Where You Are. . . . . . . . . . . . 25

The Guru Drinks Bourbon? . . . 15

Koff-Chapin, Deborah Beneath the Word . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Kuhn, Keegan Cowspiracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Lao Tzu

• The Way of Rest . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Tao Te Ching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Barks, Coleman

Freeman, Jacqueline

Lawrence, Robyn Griggs

Rumi’s Little Book of Love and Laughter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Song of Increase . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Bartlett, Sarah

The Food Forest Handbook. . . 36

Awakening Joy for Kids . . . . . . 39

Relationship Astrolog. . . . . . . . 31

Beam, Mary Todd Celebrate Your Creative Self . . . 9

Ben-David, Githa The Note from Heaven . . . . . . . 9

Beyer, Stephan Talking Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Bielecki, Tessa Holy Daring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Boutenko, Victoria The Green Smoothie Prescription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Brenna, Mahara Bird Song From Inside the Egg .30

Brown, David Jay Dreaming Wide Awake . . . . . . . 22

Brown, Jeff An Uncommon Bond . . . . . . . . 40

Cameron, Julia • It’s Never Too Late to Begin Again . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 • The Artist’s Way . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Frey, Darrell Garling, Wendy Stars at Dawn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Gentry, Ann Real Food For Everyone. . . . . . 20

Gilbert, Elizabeth Big Magic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Girish Music and Mantras . . . . . . . . . . 12

Goddard, Amy Jo Lesbian Sex Secrets For Men. . 40

Goldberg, Elliott The Path of Modern Yoga. . . . . 11

Goode, Starr Sheela Na Gig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Greer, John Michael

Grof, Stanislav

Restorative Yoga Therapy . . . . . 13

How to Live. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Cheney, Dina

Harari, Yuval Noah

The New Milks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Homo Deus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Chiras, Dan

Harari, Yuval Noah

• Power from the Sun . . . . . . . . 35 • The Scoop on Poop . . . . . . . . 35

Sapiens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Hay, Louise

Chodron, Pema

Mirror Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Your Body, Your Yoga . . . . . . . . 13

Cohn, Howard

Hendricks, Gay & Katie Conscious Loving Ever After . . 41

Herring, Laraine

Lesser, Elizabeth Marrow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Liddon, Angela Oh She Glows Every Day. . . . . . 20

Lippe, Toinette Caught in the Act . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Lipton, Bruce The Biology of Belief (10th Anniversary Edition) . . . 38

LoGiudice, Pina

God and the Afterlife . . . . . . . . 26

Lovelock, James The Earth and I . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Luna, Luis Eduardo Ayahuasca Reader . . . . . . . . . . 27

Lynch, David Catching the Big Fish. . . . . . . . 10

MacGregor, Trish The Biggest Book of Horoscopes Ever . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

MacNamara, Deborah

Hinojosa, Octavio Rettig Hitzmann, Sue

Make Peace with Your Mind . . 21

The Melt Method . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Dahlin, Dondi

Hixon, Sheila

The Five Elements. . . . . . . . . . . 21

Conversations in the Spirit. . . . 23

Dalai Lama, His Holiness the

Holecek, Andrew Dream Yoga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Housden, Roger Dropping the Struggle . . . . . . . 25

The Mark Stephens Yoga Sequencing Deck . . . . . . . . . . . 11

O’Malley, Mary

Stevens, JosÈ Luis

What’s In the Way Is the Way . . 25

Awaken the Inner Shaman . . . 29

Osborne, Arthur

Summers, Marshall Vian

True Happiness . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

God Has Spoken Again . . . . . . 32

O’Suilleabhain, Owen & Moley.

Suzuki, David

Fields of Grace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Letters to My Grandchildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Parkyn, Chetan

Sweigart, Matthew

The Book of Destinies . . . . . . . 30

Pathways of Qi . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Parti, Rajiv

Swingle, Mari

Dying to Wake Up . . . . . . . . . . 26

i-Minds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Patrul Rinpoche

Teredesai, Rajendra

The Nature of Mind . . . . . . . . . 16

Moksha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Peirce, Penny

Thomas, Katherine Woodward

Leap of Perception . . . . . . . . . . 31

Conscious Uncoupling . . . . . . . 41

Peters, Julie

Thomashauer, Regena

Secrets of the Eternal Moon Phase Goddesses . . . . . . 12

Pussy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Tozer, Frank

Peters, Larry Tibetan Shamanism . . . . . . . . . 29

The New Vegetable Growers Handbook . . . . . . . . . 37

Premal & Miten, Deva

Tozer, Frank

Cosmic Connections Live . . . . . 8

The Organic Gardener’s Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Premal, Deva The Spirit of Mantra with Deva Premal & Miten . . . . 12

Trungpa, Chogyam

Raiser, Jennifer

Various Artists

Burning Man: Art on Fire . . . . 10

Shavasana Trance . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Reed, Theresa

Vaughan-Lee, Llewellyn

Rest, Play, Grow . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Marcus, Greg

Ricard, Matthieu

The Spiritual Practice of Good Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

A Plea for the Animals . . . . . . . 37

Mars, Ross

The Mountain Shadow . . . . . . . 11

Martin, Barbara

Miraculous Abundance . . . . . . 36

• Blue Horses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 • Upstream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

The Tarot Coloring Book . . . . 31

Hervé-Gruyer, Perrine & Charles

Coleman, Mark

Sacred Motherhood . . . . . . . . . 40

Soul Breathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

On Being Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

The Toad of Dawn . . . . . . . . . . 28

Daulter, Anni

L’Esperance, Carrie

The Permaculture Transition Manual . . . . . . . . . . 36

Invitation to Meditation . . . . . . 24

The Book of Joy. . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Rainbow Body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Long, Jeffrey

Communing with the Ancestors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Hanh, Thich Nhat

Clark, Bernie

Leland, Kurt

Grimassi, Raven

Carey, LeeAnn

Our Pristine Mind. . . . . . . . . . . 15

Archetypal Reflections . . . . . . . 22

Dark Age America. . . . . . . . . . . 34

• The Artist’s Way Morning Pages Journal . . . . . . 9

Chowang, Orgyen

Le Grice, Keiron

The Little Book of Healthy Beauty . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Modern Consciousness Research and the Understanding of Art. . . . . . . . 27

• Making Friends With Your Mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 • Pema Chodron’s Compassion Cards . . . . . . . . . 15

The Cannabis Kitchen Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Roberts, Gregory David Romero, Samuel Earth Heart Hum Part 1 . . . . . . 8

Mindfulness in Action . . . . . . . 15

Spiritual Ecology (2nd Edition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Wagner, David Backbone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Ward, Alexander George Ayahuasca Jungle Visions . . . . . 27

Warner, Brad Hardcore Zen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Rosenbaum, Robert

White, Micah The End of Protest . . . . . . . . . . 33

Martinez, Mario

What’s Wrong with Mindfulness (And What Isn’t) . . . . . . . . . . . 14

The Mindbody Code . . . . . . . . 38

Sadhguru

The Ascension Mysteries . . . . . 32

Meade, Michael

Inner Engineering . . . . . . . . . . 11

Wilczek, Frank

Salzberg, Sharon

A Beautiful Question . . . . . . . . 38

Change Your Aura, Change Your Life . . . . . . . . . . . 32

The Genius Myth . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Mercola, Joseph Effortless Healing . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Merculieff, Ilarion Wisdom Keeper . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Metcalf, Byron

Room to Breathe . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Sandoval, Gerardo Ruben The God Molecule . . . . . . . . . . 28

Scaravelli, Vanda

Wilcock, David

Williamson, Marianne Tears to Triumph . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Wimberger, Lisa Neurosculpting For Anxiety . . 39

Winston, Mark

Inner Rhythm Meditations . . . . 8

Awakening the Spine . . . . . . . . 13

The Wizard of Us. . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Michell, Chris

Scharmer, C. Otto

Johnsen, Linda

The Last Whale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Theory U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Lost Masters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Miten

Wood, Matthew

Judith, Anodea

Temple at Midnight . . . . . . . . . . 8

Schiller, Lindsey

Chakras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Moore, Kathleen Dean

The Year-Round Solar Greenhouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

The Earthwise Herbal Repertory . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Kabat-Zinn, Jon

Great Tide Rising . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Mindfulness for Beginners. . . . 24

Schueb, Ute

Worwood, Valerie Ann

Moore, Thomas

The Modern Herbal Dispensatory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Katie, Byron

A Personal Spirituality . . . . . . . 22

The 4 Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Ellison, Koshin Paley

Katz, Rebecca

Moorjani, Anita

Awake at the Bedside . . . . . . . . 27

Clean Soups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Esmonde-White, Miranda

Katz, Sandor Ellix

Forever Painless. . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Wild Fermentation . . . . . . . . . . 19

• The One Life We’re Given . . 21 • The Way Under the Way . . . . 21

Farrar, Janet

Keefe, David

Nerburn, Kent

Shaw, Martin

Zander, Rosamund Stone

Lifting the Veil . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Cool Mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Voices in the Stones . . . . . . . . . 29

Scatterlings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Pathways to Possibility . . . . . . . 22

Davis, Wade

The Lost Amazon . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Dee, Jonathan

Tarot Mysteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Don, Meghan

The New Divine Feminine . . . . 41

Downie, Gord

Secret Path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Easley, Thomas

Houston, Jean

What if This is Heaven? . . . . . . 26

Nepo, Mark

BRANCHES OF LIGHT F

43

Terra Preta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Shankman, Richard The Art and Skill of Buddhist Meditation . . . . . . . . 14

Sharp, Daryl Color Me Jung . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

F FALL INTO WINTER 2016-2017

Bee Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Wohlleben, Peter The Hidden Life of Trees . . . . 37

The Complete Book of Essential Oils and Aromatherapy . . . . . . . . . . 17

Yass, Mitchell The Pain Cure Rx . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Young, Shinzen The Science of Enlightenment .24


Banyen Books in 1972, across from The Naam

BANYEN BOOKS & SOUND 3608 West 4th Avenue Vancouver, BC V6R 1P1 Canada Publications Mail Agreement # 1494872

Our Compost Altar, 2016

Branches of light, Fall-Winter-Spring 2016-2017  

Issue 49 of Banyen Books & Sound's bi-yearly catalogue, featuring reviews & events from Banyen.